WO2019141123A1 - Signal transmission method and device - Google Patents

Signal transmission method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019141123A1
WO2019141123A1 PCT/CN2019/071062 CN2019071062W WO2019141123A1 WO 2019141123 A1 WO2019141123 A1 WO 2019141123A1 CN 2019071062 W CN2019071062 W CN 2019071062W WO 2019141123 A1 WO2019141123 A1 WO 2019141123A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
random access
paging
paging occasion
mapping relationship
occasion
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/071062
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
高宽栋
黄煌
颜矛
邵华
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2019141123A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019141123A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/02Arrangements for increasing efficiency of notification or paging channel
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access, e.g. scheduled or random access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled or contention based access, e.g. random access, ALOHA, CSMA [Carrier Sense Multiple Access]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access, e.g. scheduled or random access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled or contention based access, e.g. random access, ALOHA, CSMA [Carrier Sense Multiple Access]
    • H04W74/0833Non-scheduled or contention based access, e.g. random access, ALOHA, CSMA [Carrier Sense Multiple Access] using a random access procedure

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly to a method and apparatus for signal transmission.
  • the future 5th Generation (5G) communication of the system adopts a higher carrier frequency than Long Term Evolution (LTE), such as carrier frequencies above 6 GHz such as 38 GHz and 72 GHz, thereby achieving greater bandwidth and higher.
  • Transmission rate wireless communication Due to the high carrier frequency, the wireless signal experiences more severe fading during spatial propagation, and even the receiving end may have difficulty detecting the wireless signal.
  • a beamforming technique will be employed in a 5G communication system to obtain a beam with good directivity. Beamforming techniques are used to limit the ability to transmit signals within a certain beam direction, thereby increasing the efficiency of signal transmission and reception.
  • the network device can send broadcast information (for example, paging) for beam scanning to cover the unknown terminal device. s position.
  • broadcast information for example, paging
  • the network device may send a paging indication in advance, and the terminal device receives the paging indication message broadcasted by the network device.
  • the preamble is used to transmit the paging signal with the better signal quality, and the network device sends the paging information according to the beam reported by the terminal device, so that the network device can avoid receiving the poor direction sending paging to the terminal device, thereby reducing The overhead of beam scanning.
  • the terminal device may feed back the random access preamble at any random access opportunity after receiving the paging indication message, and when multiple terminal devices corresponding to different paging occasions feed back the random access preamble,
  • the network device cannot distinguish the terminal device corresponding to the paging occasion to which a random access preamble belongs, so that the network device cannot exclude the terminal device that cannot be paged, that is, the paging message is still sent to each terminal device, causing the paging message transmission.
  • the overhead is large.
  • the present application provides a method and apparatus for signal transmission, which can reduce the overhead of transmission.
  • a method for signal transmission includes: receiving, by a terminal device, a paging indication message on a first paging occasion; and determining, by the terminal device, the first paging occasion according to the first mapping relationship a first random access timing period, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period; the first random access of the terminal equipment in the first random access timing period The first random access preamble is sent at the timing.
  • the network device sends a paging indication message to the plurality of terminal devices, where the first terminal device of the plurality of terminal devices receives the at least one paging indication message at the first paging occasion, and according to the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random
  • the first mapping relationship of the access timing period determines a first random access timing period corresponding to the first paging occasion, and further sends the first randomness at the first random access occasion in the first random access timing period.
  • the network device Accessing the preamble, so that the network device receives at least one random access preamble on at least one random access opportunity period, and determines at least one paging occasion according to the at least one random access timing period or the at least one random access preamble, and Sending a paging message to the terminal device corresponding to the at least one paging occasion, thereby avoiding sending a paging message to multiple terminal devices, thereby saving the overhead of signal transmission.
  • the first mapping relationship is a one-to-one mapping relationship between the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access opportunity period; or the first mapping relationship is the at least one random access opportunity a mapping relationship between each random access timing period and at least one paging occasion in the period; or the first mapping relationship is a mapping between each paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period relationship.
  • the random access occasion period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Kth random access occasion after the random access timing period where the second paging occasion is located a period, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship.
  • the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is after a preset time threshold after the second paging occasion
  • all terminal devices can be guaranteed to have time to process the received paging indication message and send a random access preamble.
  • the second paging occasion corresponding to the second paging occasion corresponds to the Nth paging occasion after the second paging occasion and the second paging occasion.
  • the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is after the second paging occasion and the Jth paging occasion after the second paging occasion
  • the random access occasion period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the second paging occasion and the first paging occasion after the second paging occasion M consecutive random access timing periods in a plurality of random access timing periods, where I is an integer greater than or equal to 0, M is a positive integer, and the second paging occasion is in the first mapping relationship Any one of the paging opportunities.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the terminal device, the value of the M according to the number of synchronization signal blocks corresponding to the first random access occasion.
  • the method before the sending, by the terminal device, the first random access preamble on the first random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period, the method further includes: the terminal device according to the second The mapping relationship and the first paging occasion determine the first random access preamble, where the second mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access preamble.
  • the method before the terminal device sends the first random access preamble on the first random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period, the method further includes: the terminal device according to the third The mapping relationship and the at least one synchronization signal block corresponding to the first random access occasion determine the first random access preamble, where the third mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one synchronization signal block and the at least one random access preamble.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the terminal device, the first mapping relationship according to the fourth mapping relationship a random access preamble, the fourth mapping relationship being a mapping relationship between at least one paging packet and at least one random access preamble.
  • the method before the terminal device sends the first random access preamble on the first random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period, the method further includes: the terminal device according to the fifth a mapping relationship, a sixth mapping relationship, and the paging indication message, determining the first random access occasion, where the fifth mapping relationship is the at least one paging indication message received by the first paging occasion and the at least one synchronization signal block a mapping relationship, where the sixth mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one synchronization signal block and a random access occasion in a random access timing period.
  • the method before the determining, by the terminal device, the first random access opportunity corresponding to the first paging occasion according to the first mapping relationship, the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, configuration information, the configuration information Carrying the first mapping relationship.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receiving second configuration information, where the second configuration information includes a number of paging packets, a number of paging occasions in a random access timing period, and adjacent paging At least one of a time interval of the timing, a number of synchronization signal blocks corresponding to the random access occasion, and the second configuration information is determined according to the number of access preamble types, wherein the number of the access preamble types It is determined according to a priority level of at least two of a paging packet, a random access occasion, and a synchronization signal block.
  • a method for signal transmission wherein a network device sends a paging indication message to a plurality of terminal devices; the network device receives at least a random access opportunity in a random access opportunity period a random access preamble; the network device determines at least one paging occasion according to the at least one random access opportunity period or the at least one random access preamble; the network device sends a paging message to the at least one terminal device, the at least one The terminal device is a terminal device corresponding to the at least one paging occasion.
  • the terminal device receives the at least one paging indication message at the first paging occasion, and determines the first random corresponding to the first paging occasion according to the first mapping relationship including the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access timing period. And the first random access preamble is sent on the first random access occasion in the first random access timing period, so that the network device receives the at least one random access on the at least one random access timing period.
  • Preamble and determining at least one paging occasion according to the at least one random access timing period or the at least one random access preamble, and sending a paging message to the terminal device corresponding to the at least one paging occasion, thereby avoiding to multiple terminals
  • the device sends a paging message, which saves the overhead of signal transmission.
  • the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access opportunity period.
  • the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between each random access timing period and at least one paging occasion in the at least one random access timing period.
  • the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between each paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period.
  • the random access occasion period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Kth random access occasion after the random access timing period where the second paging occasion is located a period, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship.
  • the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is after a preset time threshold after the second paging occasion
  • all terminal devices can be guaranteed to have time to process the received paging indication message and send a random access preamble.
  • the second paging occasion corresponding to the second paging occasion corresponds to the Nth paging occasion after the second paging occasion and the second paging occasion.
  • the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is after the second paging occasion and the Jth paging occasion after the second paging occasion
  • the random access occasion period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the second paging occasion and the first paging occasion after the second paging occasion M consecutive random access timing periods in a plurality of random access timing periods, where I is an integer greater than or equal to 0, M is a positive integer, and the second paging occasion is in the first mapping relationship Any one of the paging opportunities.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the network device, the first paging packet according to the random access preamble and the third mapping relationship, where the third mapping relationship is at least one paging packet and random access The mapping relationship of the preamble; wherein the sending, by the network device, the paging message to the at least one terminal device comprises: sending, by the network device, the paging message to the terminal device in the first paging packet.
  • the determining, by the network device, the at least one paging occasion according to the at least one random access preamble includes: determining, by the network device, the at least one random access preamble and the second mapping relationship For a paging occasion, the second mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one random access preamble and at least one paging occasion.
  • the method before the network device sends the paging indication message on the at least one first paging occasion, the method further includes: the network device sending first configuration information, where the first configuration information carries The first mapping relationship.
  • a third aspect provides a method for signal transmission, wherein a network device sends a paging indication message to a plurality of terminal devices; the network device receives at least a random access opportunity in a random access opportunity period. a random access preamble, where the at least one random access timing period is determined by the terminal device according to the first mapping relationship, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one random access timing period and at least one paging occasion, where The network device sends a paging message according to the at least one random access preamble.
  • the network device can implement each of the possible implementations of the second aspect described above.
  • a device for signal detection which may be a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device.
  • the device has the functionality to implement the various embodiments of the first aspect described above. This function can be implemented in hardware or in hardware by executing the corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the terminal device comprises: a processing unit and a transceiver unit
  • the processing unit may be, for example, a processor
  • the transceiver unit may be, for example, a transceiver
  • the transceiver Includes RF circuitry
  • the terminal device further includes a storage unit, which may be, for example, a memory.
  • the storage unit is configured to store a computer execution instruction
  • the processing unit is coupled to the storage unit, and the processing unit executes a computer execution instruction stored by the storage unit to cause the terminal device to perform the first aspect described above Any method of signal detection.
  • the chip when the device is a chip in the terminal device, the chip includes: a processing unit and a transceiver unit, and the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the transceiver unit may be, for example, the chip. Input/output interface, pins or circuits, etc.
  • the processing unit may execute a computer-executable instruction stored by the storage unit to cause the chip within the terminal to perform the method of signal detection of any of the above aspects.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc.
  • the storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the terminal device, such as a read-only memory ( Read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices, random access memory (RAM), etc. that can store static information and instructions.
  • ROM Read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • the processor mentioned in any of the above may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more for controlling the above.
  • the first aspect of the method of signal detection is performed by an integrated circuit.
  • the application provides a device for detecting a signal, and the device may be a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device.
  • the device has the functionality to implement the various embodiments of the second aspect described above. This function can be implemented in hardware or in hardware by executing the corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the terminal device comprises: a processing unit and a transceiver unit
  • the processing unit may be, for example, a processor
  • the transceiver unit may be, for example, a transceiver
  • the transceiver The radio frequency circuit is included.
  • the terminal device further includes a storage unit, and the storage unit may be, for example, a memory.
  • the storage unit is configured to store a computer execution instruction
  • the processing unit is coupled to the storage unit, and the processing unit executes a computer execution instruction stored by the storage unit to cause the terminal device to perform the second aspect Any method of signal detection.
  • the chip when the device is a chip in the terminal device, the chip includes: a processing unit and a transceiver unit, and the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the transceiver unit may be, for example, the chip. Input/output interface, pins or circuits, etc.
  • the processing unit may execute a computer-executable instruction stored by the storage unit to cause the chip in the terminal device to perform the method of signal detection according to any of the above second aspects.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the terminal device, such as a ROM or may be stored. Static information and instructions for other types of static storage devices, RAM, etc.
  • the processor mentioned in any of the above may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or an integrated circuit of one or more programs for controlling the method of signal detection of the second aspect described above.
  • a communication system comprising: the apparatus of the above fourth aspect and the apparatus of the above fifth aspect.
  • a computer storage medium storing program code for indicating execution of any of the first aspect, the second aspect, and the third aspect, or any possible The instructions of the method in the implementation.
  • a computer program product comprising instructions for causing a computer to perform any of the first, second, and third aspects above, or any possible implementation thereof, when executed on a computer Methods.
  • the network device sends a paging indication message to the multiple terminal devices, where the first terminal device of the multiple terminal devices receives the at least one paging indication message at the first paging occasion, and includes at least one paging occasion according to the foregoing solution.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a paging occasion according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a method for signal transmission according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a method of signal transmission according to still another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a method of signal transmission according to still another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a method for signal transmission according to still another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a method of signal transmission according to still another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for signal transmission according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for signal transmission according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system for signal detection according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a user equipment, an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent, or User device.
  • the terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), with wireless communication.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with the terminal device, and the network device may be a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA).
  • Base Transceiver Station which may also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in a Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, or an evolved base station in an LTE system (Evolutional The NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) may also be a wireless controller in a Cloud Radio Access Network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device may be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and a future.
  • the network device in the 5G network or the network device in the PLMN network in the future is not limited in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system of the present application.
  • the communication system of FIG. 1 may include user equipment 10 and network equipment 20.
  • the network device 20 is configured to provide communication services for the user equipment 10 and access the core network.
  • the user equipment 10 accesses the network by searching for synchronization signals, broadcast signals, and the like transmitted by the network device 20, thereby performing communication with the network.
  • the arrows shown in FIG. 1 may represent uplink/downlink transmissions by a cellular link between user equipment 10 and network device 20.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario of the present application.
  • the network device can detect the paging message in real time.
  • the network device can directly send the paging message by using the beam in different directions, that is, directly performing step 206.
  • the paging mechanism that directly performs step 206 after performing step 201 may be referred to as a "beam scanning paging mechanism" in the following embodiments.
  • the network device When detecting the arrival of the paging message, the network device sends a paging indication message to the corresponding terminal device by using a paging occasion (PO) corresponding to each terminal device.
  • PO paging occasion
  • the paging indication message may include control resource information and/or data resource information, or may be a Control Resource Set (CORESET), or may be Downlink Control Information (DCI), where
  • the control resource information may be a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH); the data resource information may be a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH).
  • PDCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • the data bits in the paging indication message may carry the UE group information, may also carry the truncated identifier (ID) information of the partially paged UE, and may also carry part or all of the UE ID information of the paged UE. All UE packet information can be carried.
  • the paging indication message may also be referred to as a paging index, or part of the information in the paging indication message may also be referred to as a paging index.
  • the paging packet may be a UE packet, may be a packet based on a UE ID, may be a packet based on a different SS/PBCH block, or may be a packet based on a paging index.
  • the terminal device may wake up with a discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle, and the DRX cycle may include at least one paging occasion, and at least one terminal device may perform signals on the same paging occasion.
  • Transmission, and different paging occasions are used to serve different terminal devices in one DRX cycle. That is to say, the paging occasion for signal transmission between the network device and a certain terminal device is fixed.
  • the paging occasions for serving a certain terminal device in different DRX cycles in FIG. 3 are all paging occasions numbered 5.
  • the network device can transmit signals through a portion of the time units in each paging occasion.
  • the number of the random access preamble types in the present application may be a random access preamble number at a random access occasion in a random access period, and the random access preamble and the random access timing may have a binding relationship.
  • the random access preamble may also be referred to as a random access resource, and the random access opportunity may also be a random access resource.
  • the signal transmitted in the paging occasion may be a paging indication message or a paging message, which is not limited in this application.
  • time unit may be a frame, a subframe, a time slot or a mini time slot, which is not limited in this application.
  • each paging occasion can be used to page multiple terminal devices, and one terminal device can only receive paging messages on one paging occasion within one DRX cycle.
  • the network device may send the information in the paging occasion or the time-frequency resource and the Synchronous Signal Block (SS blocks)/Physical Broadcast Channel (Physical Broadcast Channel) through the configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the information in the paging occasion may be a paging indication message, which may be the control information of the paging indication message, the data information of the paging indication message, the data information of the paging message, or the paging message. Control information.
  • the time-frequency resource in the paging occasion may be the time-frequency resource of the control information of the paging indication message, the time-frequency resource of the data information of the paging indication message, or the time-frequency resource of the control information of the paging information, or It is the data information time-frequency resource of paging information.
  • the paging occasion includes at least one paging indication message or paging message, and the paging indication message or the paging message in the paging occasion may be in one-to-one correspondence with the SS/PBCH block, or may be one-to-many, It can be many to one.
  • random access timing and the SS/PBCH block may be one-to-one correspondence, or may be one-to-many or may be a many-to-one relationship.
  • mapping relationship between the paging indication message or the paging message and the SS/PBCH block can be understood as the transmission of the paging indicator message or the paging message used in the first paging occasion and the transmission of the SS in the SS/PBCH block.
  • /PBCH uses the same beam.
  • the associations in this application may also be referred to as mappings, correspondences, and correlations.
  • the terminal device of the paging occasion may send a random access preamble at the random access occasion in the random access period, and may be used for the request.
  • paging messages, or reporting beams when random access timings are associated with paging messages or paging indicators in SS/PBCH blocks or paging occasions, they may also indicate that they have quasi co-located (QCL). Relationships may be transmitted or received using the same delay spread or the same Doppler spread or the same average gain, the same average delay, or the same spatial domain parameters, or the same beam.
  • i0+i*P1 ⁇ i0+(i+1)*P1-1 is used to indicate the index number of item 1 associated with jth item 2, where i0 can represent the starting index of item 1, when there is When multiple layers are associated, they can be related to multiple items.
  • P1 can indicate the number of items 1, and can also indicate the number of items 1 associated with item 2, or the number of items 2, or the item 1 associated with item 1.
  • the index of item 3 of item 2 is i1+i+j*P2, which can also be expressed as i1+floor(i/Q1)+j*P2 or i8+ceil(i/P2)+j*P3, and can also express
  • the index of item 4 of the jth item 2 and the kth item 3 is i2+i+j*P2+k*P3*P2, which can also be expressed as i2+floor(i/ Q1)+j*P2+k*
  • P3 is related to the number of 4 2 project.
  • item 1 is a paging packet
  • Q1 represents the number of items 1 of the shared item 4
  • SS/PBCH block, PO random access preamble, any one of the paging message windows
  • item 2 can be a paging group
  • SS/ PBCH block, PO any of the random access preambles
  • item 3 may be any one of a paging packet, an SS/PBCH block, a PO, a random access preamble
  • item 4 may be a paging packet, SS/PBCH block , PO, any of the random access preambles.
  • the definition g(X, Y) can be expressed as X/Y, and can also be expressed as floor(X/Y), and can also be expressed as ceil(X/Y).
  • the synchronization signal block of the embodiment of the present application may include an SS and/or a PBCH.
  • the SS can contain PSS, can also include SSS or both PSS and SSS.
  • the paging indication message may carry an identity (ID) of the paging packet.
  • ID identity
  • Each paging packet may include a plurality of terminal devices, and each paging packet specifically includes which terminal devices may be pre-configured by the terminal device and the network device, or may be pre-agreed.
  • the paging indication message corresponds to different paging packets or different paging packets by data bit order, for example, the paging indication message corresponds to different paging packets or different paging packets by data bits.
  • the terminal device may directly perform step 204.
  • the paging mechanism performing steps 201, 202, 205, 206 may be referred to as a "feedback based paging mechanism" in the following embodiments.
  • the terminal device After receiving the paging indication message, the terminal device detects whether the terminal device is in the paging packet.
  • the terminal device determines whether it is within the group based on the ID of the paging packet.
  • the terminal device determines a random access opportunity according to the paging indication message received in the paging occasion corresponding to the terminal device.
  • the paging indication message that can be received in the paging occasion corresponds to the SS/PBCH block, and the SS/PBCH block has a mapping relationship with the random access timing in the random access timing period.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the received paging indication message, an SS/PBCH block corresponding to the paging indication message received at the first paging occasion, and then determines a random access channel occasion according to the SS/PBCH block (Random access channel occasion, The first random access opportunity in RO).
  • the random access opportunity period may include at least one random access opportunity.
  • the random access occasion included in the random access time period may also be referred to as “random access unit” or “random access opportunity set”. ".
  • the first random access occasion may be at the same position at any random access timing.
  • the random access timing period may be a random access resource association period, or may be a random access resource configuration period, or may be part of a random access resource association period, or may be part of a random access resource configuration period.
  • Random access timing period resource configuration period The random access timing period can be understood as the amount of time or time width for transmitting random access resources; or the number of ROs.
  • the period of the random access occasion in the embodiment of the present application may be any one of 10ms, 20ms, 40ms, 80ms, and 160ms.
  • the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device.
  • the terminal device transmits the random access preamble on the first random access occasion in any one or more random access occasion periods after receiving the paging indication message.
  • the terminal device may go to a dormant state; if the terminal device is in the paging packet, send a random access preamble to the network device, randomly.
  • the access preamble can be used to indicate the paging packet in which the terminal device is located.
  • the network device sends a paging message to the at least one terminal device according to the random access.
  • the network device may determine, for each terminal device, each random access preamble is sent, and then may send a paging message to the terminal device that feeds back the random access preamble, and each paging message carries the ID of the terminal device.
  • the paging message may also carry a disaster warning message such as a system update message, an earthquake disaster message, a volcano disaster message, and a tsunami disaster message.
  • a disaster warning message such as a system update message, an earthquake disaster message, a volcano disaster message, and a tsunami disaster message.
  • the feedback mechanism that performs steps 201-206 in the following embodiments is referred to as a "paging mechanism based on paging packets and feedback.”
  • the terminal device may be at any random access timing after receiving the paging indication message.
  • the feedback random access preamble in the case that multiple terminal devices corresponding to different paging occasions feed back the random access preamble, the network device cannot distinguish which terminal device corresponding to a paging occasion belongs to a random access preamble, such that the network device The terminal device that cannot be paged cannot be excluded, that is, the paging message is still sent to each terminal device, which causes a large overhead of signal transmission.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for signal transmission in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device sends a paging indication message to multiple terminal devices.
  • the terminal device receives the paging indication message on the first paging occasion corresponding to the terminal device.
  • the first paging occasion includes transmitting at least one paging indication message, and different paging occasions in one DRX period may be used to serve different terminal devices, and the network device may be at least one paging occasion.
  • One or more paging indication messages are sent to multiple terminal devices.
  • One of the plurality of terminal devices receives a paging indication message on a paging occasion corresponding to the terminal device.
  • the paging occasion corresponding to the terminal device is taken as an example of the first paging occasion.
  • the time-frequency resource location for transmitting the paging indication message in the embodiment of the present application or the time period of transmitting all the paging indication messages corresponding to all the actually transmitted or possibly transmitted SS/PBCH blocks in the field, or The time-frequency resource location for transmitting the paging message or the time period for transmitting all paging messages corresponding to multiple or one SS/PBCH block in the field may be referred to as "paging opportunity”.
  • the time-frequency resource location for transmitting the paging indication message and the time-frequency resource location for transmitting the paging message in the embodiment of the present application are referred to as “paging occasions”, and the first part of the paging occasion is The frequency resource location is used to transmit a paging indication message, and the second part of the time-frequency resource location in the paging occasion is used to transmit a paging message, where the first partial time-frequency resource location does not overlap with the second partial time-frequency resource location,
  • the paging occasion may include other time-frequency resources in addition to the first part of the time-frequency resource and the second part of the time-frequency resource, that is, the network device sends the paging indication message to the terminal device at the same paging occasion. Paging message.
  • time-frequency resource location of the paging indication message or the paging message in the embodiment of the present application may correspond to multiple or one SS/PBCH block, and may also correspond to all SS/PBCH blocks in the field.
  • the paging occasion for sending the paging indication message and the paging occasion for sending the paging message in the embodiment of the present application may also be paging occasions corresponding to the terminal device in different DRX periods.
  • the paging indication messages sent by the network device through different time units may be the same or different.
  • each paging occasion may include one or more.
  • each paging occasion includes at least one time unit, which may be a frame, a subframe, a time slot or a mini time slot, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first mapping relationship and the first paging occasion, a first random access timing period, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period.
  • the first mapping relationship may include a mapping relationship between the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access opportunity period. That is, the network device or the terminal device can determine a corresponding or unique random access timing period according to any paging occasion.
  • the paging occasion PO1 corresponds to the random access timing period 2
  • the paging occasion PO2 corresponds to the random access timing period 3.
  • the random access timing period may be the start position of the ROS1 to the start position of the ROS2, and the RO included in the access timing period is the RO included in the ROS1, and therefore the embodiment of the present application is The random access timing period and the Random Access Opportunity Set (ROS) may not be distinguished.
  • the number of at least one paging occasion in the first mapping relationship may be the number of all paging occasions included in one DRX cycle.
  • the first mapping relationship may include a mapping relationship between each random access opportunity period in the at least one random access opportunity period and the at least one paging occasion. That is to say, one or more paging occasions may correspond to the same random access timing period, and the network device or the terminal device may determine a corresponding random access timing period according to any paging occasion.
  • the one or more paging occasions may be a paging occasion within a random access timing period, or may be a paging occasion within a plurality of random access time periods.
  • the first mapping relationship may be pre-assigned by the network device and the terminal device, or defined by a standard, or sent by the network device in advance, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first mapping relationship may include a mapping relationship between each paging occasion in at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period. That is to say, one paging occasion can correspond to one or more random access timing periods.
  • a paging occasion corresponds to multiple random access timing periods, and different random access timing periods may also be used to distinguish different SS/PBCH blocks or different paging packets.
  • the network device may send the second configuration information to the terminal device before the step 402, for example, between the step 401 and the step 403, or before the step 401, where the second configuration information may carry the first mapping relationship.
  • the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship may be the first The Kth random access timing period after the random access opportunity period in which the paging occasion is located, where K may be any positive integer. For example, when two adjacent paging occasions are the same as the random access timing period, the paging timing corresponds to the random access timing period.
  • the second paging occasion may be any paging occasion included in the first mapping relationship, and the second paging occasion may be the same paging occasion as the first paging occasion. That is, each paging occasion in the first mapping relationship has a feature corresponding to the second paging occasion.
  • the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is taken as an example for description. This application does not limit this.
  • the random access occasion period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship may be any random access timing period after the random access timing period in which the second paging occasion is located.
  • the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship corresponds to the Kth random access timing period after the second paging occasion
  • the value of K may be pre-agreed by the network device and the terminal device (for example, K The value of the value of 0, 1, or 2) may be dynamically changed by the configuration of the second configuration information.
  • the corresponding correspondence may be an association, a mapping, or a determination, that is, the paging terminal of the paging occasion sends a random access preamble at a random access occasion on a corresponding random access timing period, requesting Or trigger a paging message.
  • ROS2 corresponding to PO1 is the second random access timing period after ROS1 where PO1 is located.
  • the random access timing period may be one of the multiple paging occasions (eg, the last or first) paging occasion.
  • the Kth random access opportunity period after the random access opportunity period may be one of the multiple paging occasions (eg, the last or first) paging occasion.
  • K may be the same as the value of K in the foregoing embodiment. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein.
  • the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship may be the first The Lth random access timing period after the preset time threshold after the second paging occasion, L is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the preset time threshold may be a time period, such as a time slot, an ms, a subframe, a frame, a symbol, or a sampling interval, which is not limited in this application.
  • the preset time threshold may be any one of 1 slot, 2 slots, and 3-640 slots, or the preset time threshold is any one of 1 ms, 2 ms, and 3-80 ms.
  • the preset time threshold is 1 subframe, 2 subframes, or any of 3-40 subframes, or the preset time threshold is 0.5 frames, 1 frame, 1.5 frames -8.5 Any one of the frames takes a value, or the preset time threshold is 1 symbol, 2 symbols, any one of 3-1024 symbols, or the preset time threshold is 1 sampling interval, 2 The sampling interval, any one of 3-2048 sampling intervals.
  • the time threshold may be related to the time interval of the paging occasion, may be related to the size of the random access period, may be related to the duration of the paging occasion, or may be related to the duration of the random access period.
  • the paging occasion interval may be an adjacent paging occasion interval or a non-adjacent paging occasion interval.
  • the time threshold may be a multiple of the paging opportunity interval or a multiple of the random access period size.
  • PO1 may correspond to the first ROS after the time threshold t after PO1, that is, ROS2.
  • the second paging occasion may be calculated from the starting position of the second paging occasion, or may be from the ending position of the second paging occasion, or may also be from the second paging.
  • the time slot starting position of the paging indication message is received in the timing, which is not limited in this application.
  • the value of L may be the same as the value of K in the foregoing embodiment. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein.
  • the value of L may also be determined according to a period of the DRX, a time interval of the adjacent paging occasion, a period of the SS/PBCH block, and a subcarrier interval.
  • the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the second paging
  • the Qth random access timing period in a plurality of random access timing periods between the timing and the Nth paging occasion after the second paging occasion.
  • the second paging occasion may correspond to the multiple
  • the first random access timing period in the random access timing period may also correspond to the second random access timing period of the multiple random access timing periods, or may correspond to the Qth random access opportunity
  • the period may also correspond to the last random access opportunity period.
  • N when N is 1, the multiple random access timing period is a random access timing period between the second paging occasion and the adjacent next paging occasion.
  • the second paging occasion may correspond to the first random access timing period of the multiple random access timing periods, or may correspond to The second random access timing period of the multiple random access timing periods may correspond to the Qth random access timing period, may also correspond to the last random access timing period, and may also correspond to multiple random access Multiple random access periods into the timing cycle.
  • the one or more random access opportunity periods may be one or more random access timing periods within a kth time interval after the time interval of the paging occasion.
  • the value of K is any one of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16.
  • the multiple random access timing periods may be M random access timing periods.
  • the value of Q is less than or equal to the number of random access timing periods between the second paging occasion and the Nth paging occasion.
  • PO1 corresponds to ROS5 among the 4 ROS between PO1 and PO2.
  • the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship may correspond to the Nth in the K1 time interval. Random access timing.
  • the time interval between paging occasions (eg, referred to as a fourth paging occasion) may be referred to as a second time interval.
  • the second paging occasion may correspond to a first random access timing period of the plurality of random access timing periods in the K1 time interval, or a second random access timing corresponding to the K1 time interval. The period, or corresponds to the last random access opportunity period in the K1 time interval.
  • the time interval of different paging occasions may also be referred to as the paging occasion period.
  • the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship may correspond to the Nth in the K1 time interval. Random access timing.
  • the second paging occasion may correspond to a first random access timing period of the plurality of random access timing periods in the K1th time interval thereafter, or a second random number corresponding to the K1 time interval
  • the access timing period or corresponds to the last random access opportunity period in the K1 time interval.
  • the time interval of different paging occasions may also be referred to as the paging occasion period, and the value of K1 may be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, Any one or more of 14, 15, 16.
  • the correspondence here refers to that the terminal device of the paging occasion sends a random access preamble on a random access occasion within a corresponding random access period.
  • the paging occasion within a period of time t1 may be associated with one or more random access periods within a random access period within a period of time t2.
  • t1 can be equal to t2.
  • t1 is 160ms and t2 is 160ms.
  • the paging occasion in t1 can be associated with the random access period of the K2th t2 period after it.
  • N may be the same as the value of N in the foregoing embodiment. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein.
  • the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship may correspond to the Pth random access timing period after the Jth paging occasion after the second paging occasion, where J, P are positive
  • the integer or 0, or the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship may correspond to the Pth random access opportunity period after the second paging occasion.
  • PO1 corresponds to the first random access timing period (ie, ROS6) of the first PO (ie, PO2) after the PO1.
  • the second paging occasion may correspond to M random connections in multiple random access timing periods between the second paging occasion and the first paging occasion after the second paging occasion.
  • the incoming timing period, or the second paging occasion may correspond to the first M random access timing periods after the first paging occasion interval after the second paging occasion interval, or the second paging occasion may correspond to The first M random access timing periods after the first paging occasion interval after the second paging occasion.
  • the time interval of the paging occasion may be the time interval between the paging occasion and the next adjacent paging occasion, or may be the time interval between the paging occasion and the M2 paging occasion after the paging occasion.
  • M2 can be 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,20,24,28,32,36,40,44 Any one or more of 48, 52, 56, 60, 64.
  • the value of M may be related to the number of SS/PBCH blocks associated with an RO. For example, it may be a multiple of the number of SS/PBCH blocks associated with one RO, which may be doubled, may be the same, may be twice, or may be four. It can be three times, it can be 1/2, it can be 1/3, or it can be 1/4.
  • the value of I can be 1, can be 2, can be 0, can be 3, or can be 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 Any one or more values.
  • the second paging occasion may also correspond to the M3 random access period after the second paging occasion time threshold T2ms or the M3 random access period after the 12th paging occasion after the second paging occasion, where
  • the value of I2 or T2 can be one or more of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16.
  • the value of M3 can be 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or the last one.
  • PO1 may correspond to three random access timing periods (ie, ROS3, ROS4, and VR3) in a plurality of random access timing periods between PO1 and the first PO (ie, PO2) after PO1.
  • ROS5 for example, PO1 may correspond to a plurality of random access timing periods in a plurality of random access timing intervals within a first PO paging occasion interval after a paging occasion interval of PO1.
  • the value of the M may be determined according to the number Q1 of random access timing periods in the time interval between the second paging occasion and the first paging occasion.
  • the value of M can be any value less than or equal to Q1.
  • the paging indicator message may carry the ID of the paging packet, and if the terminal device does not belong to the terminal device included in the paging packet corresponding to the ID of the paging packet, the terminal device may enter a sleep state. If the terminal device belongs to the terminal device included in the paging packet corresponding to the ID of the paging packet, the terminal device may feed back the random access preamble to the network device.
  • the value of the M may be determined according to the number of paging packets corresponding to the second paging occasion.
  • the network device can communicate with a plurality of terminal devices at a second paging occasion, and the plurality of terminal devices can be divided into at least two paging packets.
  • the value of M may be the number of paging packets to which all terminal devices capable of communicating with the network device at the second paging occasion belong, or a multiple of the number of the paging packets (eg, integer multiple, fraction times ).
  • the paging packet is grouped according to a certain rule by using multiple terminal devices included in one area or multiple terminal devices corresponding to one paging occasion.
  • the number of terminal devices in different paging packets may be the same or different.
  • the "paging packet” may also be referred to as a "terminal packet", and the name of each packet in which the present application divides a plurality of terminal devices into different packets is not limited.
  • the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion is the current paging occasion or the current paging occasion time.
  • the random access timing period in the K1th time interval after the interval, wherein the value of K1 may be any one of 0-40.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the fifth mapping relationship, the sixth mapping relationship, and the received paging indication message, the first random access occasion in the first random access timing period, where the fifth mapping relationship is a paging occasion And a mapping relationship between the received paging indicator message and the at least one SS block/PBCH block, where the sixth mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one SS block/PBCH block and the at least one random access occasion.
  • the fifth mapping relationship may be a mapping relationship between the received paging indication message and the SS block/PBCH block in each paging occasion of the multiple paging occasions, or the fifth mapping relationship is corresponding to the terminal device.
  • mapping relationship between the SS block/PBCH block and the random access occasion in the embodiment of the present application may be that the beam used in the SS block/PBCH transmission SS signal is the same as the beam used to transmit the signal on the random access occasion.
  • the fifth mapping relationship and the sixth mapping relationship may be pre-agreed by the network device and the terminal device or defined by the standard, or sent by the network device in advance, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first configuration information may be carried in a Physical Broadcast Channel (PBCH), a remaining minimum system information (RMSI), a System Information Block (SIB) 1, and an SIB2.
  • PBCH Physical Broadcast Channel
  • RMSI remaining minimum system information
  • SIB System Information Block
  • MAC-CE Media Access Control-control element
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • SIB System Information Block
  • the SIB1 may carry the first configuration information of the paging message, and may also carry the first configuration information that sends the random access preamble, and the SIB1 information may also be referred to as the RMSI information.
  • the SIB1 transmission is sent using a continuous small time period, and each successive time period can be associated with one SS/PBCH block. One or more time periods constitute the time window for SIB1 transmission.
  • the RNTI of the SIB1 is different from the RNTI of the other messages.
  • the RNTI of the SIB1 can be separately defined as the SIB1-RNTI, and the RNTI can control the SIB1.
  • the CRC of the PDCCH of the resource is scrambled, and the RNTI of other system messages may be an SI-RNTI, an OSI-RNTI, or an RNTI corresponding to each system message.
  • the network device can also send other system messages in the time window of the SIB1, and the system message of the SIB1 is distinguished from other system messages by using different RNTIs.
  • the RNTI can be used for distinguishing.
  • the other is to use different time to distinguish, do not send other system information within the time window of RMSI transmission.
  • Each system message has its own time window, which is used to send the corresponding system information.
  • the time window of SIB1 may not overlap with other information, and the time window of SIB1 may be continuously placed in time with the time window of other system messages.
  • the time window of SIB1 is the position of the first time window, which is the starting position of the time window placement of each system message.
  • the SIB1 may be divided into multiple transport blocks for transmission, and multiple transport blocks may be transmitted at different times in the SIB1 period.
  • the data information of the DCI or SIB1 of the SIB1 may carry indication information, indicating
  • the number of transport blocks of the SIB1 may indicate that the number of transport blocks of the SIB1 is one or two, and may be indicated by using 1 bit, or may be multiplexed with other data bits for indication. It is also possible to indicate whether the number of transmission blocks of the SIB1 is one or more, for example, using 1 bit for indication, and other data can be multiplexed for transmission.
  • the indication of multiple transport blocks of the SIB1 may be indicated in the data information or DCI of the first transport block, or may be carried in the data information or DCI of all transport blocks, or may be carried in the data information of the partial data block. Or the information carried in the DCI may also be carried in the RV version, or the DMRS carries the information. These transport blocks can be sent on different frequencies or at different times.
  • Multiple transport blocks of SIB1 may be sent in one time slot, or may be sent in multiple time slots, for example, in two time slots; may also be sent in a supervisory timing of control resources, or may be in multiple control
  • the monitoring time of the resource is sent, for example, the monitoring time of two control resources is sent; or may be sent in different periods, for example, in two adjacent periods, or in three adjacent periods, or Sent in the next 4 cycles.
  • Each transport block may have separate control resource information or may share control resource information.
  • the second configuration information may further carry a DRX cycle, a number of paging frames in the DRX cycle, a number of paging occasions in the paging frame, a paging interval, and a message for receiving the paging indication message. Starting position.
  • the time interval of the paging occasion may be in units of frames, or may be in units of time slots, which is not limited in this application.
  • the paging interval may be 1 frame, 2 frames, 4 frames, or 8 frames, or may be 1 time slot, 2 time slots, 3 time slots, or 4 time slots, etc.
  • the paging occasion period may be that a plurality of paging occasions are repeatedly defined as a paging occasion period in the same mode according to time-spaced or unequal-spaced time domain location allocation, for example, four in a paging frame.
  • the paging occasions are respectively slot 0, slot 4, slot 5 and slot 9, and the four paging occasions are in the same time-frequency resource location in each paging frame.
  • the paging occasion period is one paging frame.
  • the paging interval may be a time interval between two adjacent paging occasions, or may be a time interval between two paging occasions of the interval K4 paging occasion, and K4 may be 1 or 2, may be 3, may be 4, may be 8, may be 6, or may be 16, may be 12, or may be 10.
  • the paging intervals in one DRX cycle may be the same or different. If the time interval of each pair of adjacent paging occasions is the same, the time interval of the paging occasion can be regarded as the period of the paging occasion.
  • N may represent one or more ROs
  • the value of k4 can be related to the starting position of the PO period associated with the PO, or the associated RO period index after the RO period in which the PO is located.
  • T2 may represent the size of the RO period, may also indicate the size of the interval of adjacent POs, and may also indicate the size of multiple RO periods.
  • the time domain starting location of the paging indication message in the configuration information may be configured by the network device in an explicit manner, or may be configured by the network device in an implicit manner.
  • the paging indication message transmitted at the first paging occasion has a mapping relationship with the SS/PBCH block, and different SS/PBCH blocks may correspond to different beams.
  • the time domain starting position of the network device configured by the network device in an explicit manner may be configured based on the SS/PBCH block index, or may be configured by using data bits based on a separate field, or may be combined with other information.
  • the time domain starting position of the network device by configuring the paging indication message in an implicit manner may be by multiplexing other information, such as a frequency band, a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), a modulation and coding strategy (Modulation and Coding). Scheme, MCS), port, scrambling, and Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) and other information implicit indication.
  • the network device indicates the time domain start position of the paging indication message by using an SS/PBCH block index, where the SS/PBCH block index may be an index based on the SS/PBCH block that may be transmitted, or may be based on The index of the number of the actually transmitted SS/PBCH block.
  • the actual transmitted SS/PBCH block index indicates an SS/PBCH block index that is used to transmit the SS/PBCH in the SS/PBCH block index of the SS/PBCH.
  • the SS/PBCH block index of the possible transmission SS/PBCH below 3 GHz is 0, 1, 2, 3 and the SS/PBCH block index of the actual transmission SS/PBCH in a network device is 0, 1, 3, That is to say, if the latter manner is used to indicate the start time position of the paging indication message, the network device does not encode the SS/PBCH block with the SS/PBCH block index of 2, so that the SS of the SS/PBCH is actually transmitted.
  • the index of the /PBCH block is 0, 1, 2.
  • the network device may pre-configure which index mode is used to indicate the start time position of the paging indication message, or may be in a fixed manner or a mutually agreed manner.
  • the time domain starting location of the network device configured by using the second configuration information to configure the paging indication message may be a time domain starting location of the direct configuration paging indication message, for example, indicating the paging indication message by using an SS/PBCH block index. The starting position of the time domain.
  • the time domain offset and the fixed time domain location may be determined by the location of the SS/PBCH block.
  • the time domain location of the transmission SS/PBCH block and the transmission paging indication message may be the same.
  • the time domain starting location of the network device configured to configure the paging indication message by using the second configuration information may be only configuring the time domain offset. That is to say, the network device and the terminal device pre-arrange a fixed time domain location, and the time domain start position of the paging indication message can be determined by the time domain offset and the fixed time domain location.
  • time domain offset may be based on time slots, fields, subframes, frames, symbols or mini-slots, and the like.
  • the fixed time domain location may be a certain time domain location, a starting location, or an ending location in a period of time, and the period of time may be a frame, a subframe, a time slot, a symbol, or a sample, etc. within the DRX cycle.
  • the time domain offset and the fixed time domain location may be determined by subcarrier spacing.
  • the time domain offset and the fixed time domain location may be any one of 0-9; if the subcarrier spacing is 30 kHz, the time domain offset and the fixed time domain location may be It is any one of 0-20 slots.
  • time domain starting position of the paging indication message may be a time domain starting location of a control resource (eg, PDCCH), or may be a time domain starting location of a data resource (eg, PDSCH), or may be The starting position of the control resource and the data resource is not limited in this application.
  • a control resource eg, PDCCH
  • a data resource eg, PDSCH
  • the second configuration information may include the number of paging packets, the number of paging occasions in a random access timing period, the time interval of the adjacent paging occasion, and the number of synchronization signal blocks corresponding to the random access occasion. At least one of them.
  • the network device may configure, by using the second configuration information, the number of paging packets for the terminal device, the number of paging occasions in the random access timing period, the time interval of the adjacent paging occasion, and the synchronization signal corresponding to the random access timing. Each of the number of blocks. Or the network device may configure, by using the second configuration information, the number of paging packets for the terminal device, the number of paging occasions in a random access timing period, the time interval of the adjacent paging occasion, and the synchronization signal block corresponding to the random access timing. Part of the information in the number, the remaining part of the information can be determined by the information already configured.
  • the number of random access preamble types may also be the number of random access preambles.
  • the number of random access preamble types may also be the number of random access preambles.
  • the second configuration information includes a number of random access preamble categories within one RO and a number of POs in the RO period.
  • the terminal device may derive the number of paging packets in the PO and the number of random access preamble types of each PO according to the number of random access preamble types in one RO and the number of POs in the RO period.
  • the number of POs in a RO period is K1
  • the number of random access preambles used for paging in one RO is N5
  • the second configuration information includes a number of paging packets within the PO and a number of POs within the RO period.
  • the terminal device may determine the number of random access preamble types in the RO and the number of random access preamble types of each PO according to the number of paging packets in the PO and the number of POs in the RO period.
  • the second configuration information includes a number of random access preamble types of each PO and a number of POs in the RO period.
  • the terminal device may determine the number of random access preamble types in the RO and the number of paging packets in the PO according to the number of random access preamble types of each PO and the number of POs in the RO period.
  • the second configuration information includes a number of random access preamble types per PO, a number of paging packets in the PO, and a number of POs in the RO period.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the number of random access preamble types of each PO, the number of paging packets in the PO, and the number of POs in the RO period, the number of random access preamble types used for paging in the RO. .
  • the second configuration information includes a number of random access preamble types of each PO and a number of POs used for paging the random access preamble types and a number of POs in the RO period, so that the terminal device may be configured according to the The second configuration information determines the number of paging packets within the PO.
  • the second configuration information includes a number of random access preamble types in the RO, a number of paging packets in the PO, and a number of POs in the RO period, so that the terminal device can derive random access of each PO.
  • the number of leading species includes a number of random access preamble types in the RO, a number of paging packets in the PO, and a number of POs in the RO period, so that the terminal device can derive random access of each PO. The number of leading species.
  • the second configuration information includes the number of random access preamble types in the RO, the number of paging packets in which the paging packets in the PO share one or a group of random access preambles, and the number of POs in the RO period.
  • the terminal device can derive the number of random access preamble types and the number of paging packets for each PO.
  • the second configuration information includes the number of paging packets, the number of paging packets in which the paging packets in the PO share one or a group of random access preambles, and the number of POs in the RO period, so that the terminal device can derive The number of random access preamble types for each PO and the number of paging random access preamble types within the RO.
  • the second configuration information includes a number of random access preamble types of each PO, a number of paging packets in which a paging packet in the PO shares one or a group of random access preambles, and a number of POs in an RO period,
  • the terminal device can derive the number of paging packets and the number of paging random access preamble types in the RO.
  • the terminal device may not perform the determination of the number of random access preamble types in the RO if the number of the random access preamble types and the number of paging packets in the RO are not required by the terminal device.
  • the operation of the number of paging packets and/or the number of paging packets is not limited in this application.
  • the network device may configure the number of paging packets to be the same as the number of access preamble types, that is, the network device may determine the number of paging packets according to the number of access preamble types.
  • the network device may also set the number of POs in one DRX period or set the time interval of the neighboring PO according to the number of access preamble types, or set the SS associated with one RO according to the number of random access preambles. /PBCH block number.
  • the network device may determine, according to a priority level of at least two of the paging packet, the random access occasion, and the synchronization signal block, the number of the type of the access preamble, and determine the number according to the number of the access preamble types.
  • the second configuration information may include the number of paging packets, the number of paging occasions in a random access timing period, the time interval of the adjacent paging occasion, and the number of synchronization signal blocks corresponding to the random access timing. At least one of them.
  • the terminal devices of P (P ⁇ 1) paging packets may share the same random access preamble, and the value of P is related to the number of SS blocks or to the number of paging occasions in one RO period.
  • the value when a value is related to the number of POs in one RO period or a value is related to the number of RO periods in the adjacent PO interval, the value is related to the size of the RO period, that is, It is related to the size of the interval of adjacent POs, which is related to the DRX cycle size, and is related to the number of POs nB in the DRX cycle, which is related to the number of POs in a paging frame.
  • the network device may also limit the number of POs in a RO period to a maximum value of 4 or 8, or 2, or 16.
  • the number of POs in the DRX period may be limited according to the RO period, or the DRX period may be limited.
  • the RO period is 160 ms.
  • the maximum number of POs is 2, which limits the maximum number of POs in the DRX cycle to T/8.
  • the second configuration information includes a T value of the RO period
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the T value of the RO period, a number of POs in the DRX period or a time interval of two adjacent POs.
  • the RO period may be the same as the interval of the adjacent paging occasions, for example, the RO period is 160 ms, and the number of paging occasions in the DRX period is T/16.
  • the RO period may be a multiple of the interval of adjacent paging occasions.
  • the RO period is 160 ms, and the number of paging occasions in the DRX period is T/8.
  • the network device determines that the number of random access preamble types for paging in the random access occasion in the RO period may be a mapping relationship according to the number of items distinguished by the random access preamble.
  • the item may be at least one of a number of paging packets, a number of paging occasions in a random access timing period, a time interval of an adjacent paging occasion, and a number of synchronization signal blocks corresponding to a random access occasion.
  • the random access preamble can be used to distinguish one of the items, and another item can be known.
  • the number of paging occasions in the random access timing period and "the time interval of the adjacent paging occasions” are described as one item.
  • the priority level of each item may be pre-agreed by the network device and the terminal device or defined by the standard, or pre-configured by the network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the network device may adopt a fixed priority order, and may also configure at least two foregoing priority orders in a configuration manner.
  • the highest priority in the embodiment of the present application is referred to as an item. 1, the second highest priority is called item 2, and the lowest priority is called item 3.
  • item 1, item 2 and item 3 can be called items, and there are sub-items under each item.
  • item 1 is SS/PBCH block.
  • the sub-items of item 1 are the respective SS/PBCH blocks, and the i-th sub-item is the i-th SS/PBCH block.
  • item 2 is PO
  • item 2 is sub-item
  • i-th sub-item is i-th PO.
  • item 3 is a paging packet
  • the sub-item of item 3 is each paging packet
  • the i-th sub-item is the i-th paging packet.
  • the mapping relationship between the random access preamble and the at least three items may be a mapping relationship between an index of the random access preamble and an index of each item.
  • the number of random access preamble types may be obtained as follows:
  • the number of items 1 is M11
  • the number of items 2 is M12
  • the random access preamble index associated with the i-th sub-item 1 in item 1 is i0+i*M12 ⁇ i0+(i+1)*M12-1
  • the value of j0 can be related to the index in item 1 where item 2 is located, or can be related to the number of items 2 or the number of items 2 distinguished by using a random access preamble, and can also be related to item 1
  • the number correlation may also be related to the initial index of the random access preamble used for paging the packet, or may be related to the number of random access preamble types allocated by the item 2, or may be related to the random access preamble type allocated by the item 1.
  • i0 can also be mapped to the starting index of the random access preamble on the corresponding PO, or can be undefined, and represents a given value, which is a constant, and can also be other values, which is not limited herein.
  • the item 1 is a PO, and one PO has a mapping relationship with five random access preambles. If the index of the first PO is index0, the index of the random access preamble corresponding to index0 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4. In this way, the index of the second PO is index1, the index of the random access preamble corresponding to index1 is 5-9, the index of the third PO is index2, and the index of the random access preamble corresponding to index2 is 10-14.
  • the index of the random access preamble corresponding to the index of the i POs is index0+i*5 ⁇ index0+(i+1)*5-1.
  • the number of random access preambles is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, item 1 is SS block, and item 2 is PO,
  • the number of SS blocks is three, and the number of POs is four.
  • the index of the random access preamble corresponding to the index of the first SS block is 0, 1, 2, 3, and the index of the second SS block is index1.
  • the index of the corresponding random access preamble is 4, 5, 6, and 7.
  • the index of the third SS block is the index of the random access preamble corresponding to index2, which is 8, 9, 10, 11, and the index of the fourth SS block.
  • the random access preamble corresponding to index3 is 12, 13, 14, and 15.
  • the index of the random access preamble corresponding to the first PO is 0, the index of the random access preamble corresponding to the second PO is 1, and the index of the random access preamble corresponding to the third PO is 2, the fourth The index of the random access preamble corresponding to the PO is 3.
  • the index of the random access preamble corresponding to the first PO in index1 is 4, the index of the random access preamble corresponding to the second PO is 5, and the index of the random access preamble corresponding to the third PO is 6, the fourth The index of the random access preamble corresponding to the PO is 7, and so on.
  • the total number of sub-items in item 2 is M12
  • the number of items 2 for distinguishing is M13
  • the number of items 1 for distinguishing is M11.
  • K9 sub-items in item 2 share a random access preamble
  • the number of co-allocated random access preamble types is M13.
  • the random access preamble index associated with the i-th sub-item 1 in item 1 is i0+i*M13 ⁇ i0+(i+1)*M13-1
  • the item 1 there are multiple sub-items sharing a random access preamble, and the number of co-allocated random access preamble types is M13.
  • the number of random access preamble types may be obtained as follows:
  • the random access preamble index associated with the i-th sub-item 1 in item 1 is :
  • the random access preamble index associated with the jth sub-item 2 in item 2 is:
  • i0 can represent the starting index of the random access preamble, and can also represent the starting index of the random access preamble mapped to the corresponding PO, or can be undefined, that is, represents a given value, and is a constant, also It may be other values, which are not limited herein.
  • the value of i0 may be a positive integer, or may be a zero or a negative integer;
  • the middle item of item 3 can share a random access preamble, and the number of sub-items that need to be distinguished by random access preamble in item 3 is M4.
  • the item 3 there are multiple sub-items sharing a random access preamble, and the number of co-allocated random access preamble types is M4.
  • the random access preamble index associated with the i-th sub-item 1 in the item 1 is i0+i*M2*M4 ⁇ i0+(i+1)*M2*M4-1
  • the item 2 The random access preamble index associated with the jth sub-item 2 is j1+j*M4 ⁇ j1+(j+1)*M4-1
  • the random access preamble index associated with the i-th sub-item 1 in item 1 is i0+i*M5 ⁇ i0+(i+1)*M5-1, and the random connection associated with the j-th sub-item in item 2
  • the item 2 there are multiple sub-items sharing a random access preamble, and the number of co-allocated random access preamble types is M5.
  • K6 M6/M1
  • K6 floor(M6/M1)
  • K6 ceil(M6/M1).
  • the item 1 there are multiple sub-items sharing a random access preamble, and the number of commonly allocated random access preamble types is N.
  • the two items may be a PO and a paging packet.
  • the priority order may include two types, the first order is PO>page group; the second order is page group>PO.
  • the first order is that PO is item 1 and the paging group is item 2.
  • the second order is that the paging group is item 1, and the PO is item 2.
  • the two items may be an SS/PBCH block and a paging packet.
  • the priority order may include two types, the first order is SS/PBCH block>page grouping; the second order is paging group>SS/PBCH block.
  • the two items may be an SS/PBCH block and a PO.
  • the priority order may include two types, the first order is SS/PBCH block>PO; the second order is PO>SS/PBCH block.
  • the three items may be an SS/PBCH block, a PO, and a paging packet.
  • the first order is SS/PBCH block>PO>page group
  • the second order is SS/PBCH block>page group>PO
  • the third order is PO>SS/PBCH block>page grouping
  • the fourth order is PO>page group>SS/PBCH block
  • the fifth type is page grouping>PO>SS/PBCH block
  • the sixth order is homing Call group > SS/PBCH block>PO.
  • item 1 is the SS/PBCH block
  • item 2 is the paging group
  • item 3 is the PO
  • item 1 is the PO
  • item 2 is the SS/PBCH block
  • item 3 is Paging grouping.
  • the content of each item is different for different priorities.
  • the group random access preamble performs uplink random access, and may report the beam and/or report the paging packet and/or report the PO and/or report the SS/PBCH block.
  • the network device may configure or fix the number of random access preamble types for paging in one RO, and allocate the number of random access preambles according to the priority order of each item, for example, the number of random access preambles is P5, and the associated item
  • M4 g (P8, M3).
  • the paging indication associated with one or more SS/PBCH blocks in one or more POs is associated with one RO associated with the SS/PBCH block in the corresponding RO period, then random access
  • the preamble can distinguish between paging indications of POs associated with it within an RO.
  • a paging indication on one PO corresponds to one RO, or a plurality of paging indications may correspond to one RO.
  • a random access preamble may be used to distinguish paging indicators on different POs, and association is performed on an RO.
  • the network device may configure a mapping relationship between the foregoing three items and the random access preamble, and send the mapping relationship to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines the corresponding random access preamble according to the foregoing three items.
  • the terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device at the first random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period.
  • the network device receives the random access preamble at a random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period.
  • the random access occasions determined by the at least two terminal devices may be the same, that is, the at least two terminal devices may Send at least two random access preambles of the same class.
  • the terminal device determines a location of a paging occasion corresponding to the terminal device.
  • the network device needs to send the paging message, and may send the paging message in the RAR window, or may send the paging in other time periods.
  • the time period in which the paging message is sent in the embodiment of the present application is referred to as a paging message time window.
  • the paging message window may also be a PDCCH supervision occasion of a paging occasion, and may also be referred to as a PDCCH detection timing of a paging occasion.
  • the message window can be used to deliver control resource information such as PDCCH or CORESET, and/or paging message data resources, such as PDSCH, of the paging message.
  • the control resource such as the PDCCH, that is sent by the paging indicator may be overlapped.
  • the embodiment of the present application proposes three methods. Indicate this information to distinguish between the two.
  • the first method uses different paging radio network temporary indentation (P-RNTI), and the paging resource and the paging control resource respectively use different P-RNTIs to distinguish the two.
  • the RNTI of the paging message may be a PM-RNTI, and the PM-RNTI may be one or more, and their indexes may be consecutive, for example, PM-RNTI0 to PM-RNTI0+Mp, and the number of RNTIs of the paging message indicated by Mp
  • the RNTI of the paging indication may be a PI-RNTI, and the PI-RNTI may be one or more, and their indexes may be consecutive, for example, the RNTI of the paging indication indicated by PI-RNTI0 ⁇ PI-RNTI0+Mi, Mi number.
  • the second method is to distinguish between the content of the PDCCH, and the PDCCH may carry information of 1 bit or multiple bits for indicating information, distinguishing between the PDCCH of the paging message and the PDCCH indicated by the paging, or may be multiplexed with other fields.
  • the field multiplexing indication of the paging packet, the index value of the RNTI of the paging indicator or the paging message may be related to the index of the SS/PBCH block, and the SS/PBCH block may be an SS/PBCH block associated with the RO.
  • the PO may be related to the PO of the RO period, or may be related to the PO at the same time; the index of the PO may be in a one-to-one correspondence with the index of the RNTI of the paging message, or may be It is a one-to-many relationship.
  • a PO may have two RNTIs.
  • the index of the SS/PBCH block may also have a one-to-one correspondence with the RNTI of the paging message, or may be a one-to-many relationship, such as an SS/ The PBCH block has 4 RNTIs.
  • the third method is to use the DMRS sequence of the PDCCH or the scrambling sequence of the PDCCH to indicate, the sequence may be different segments of the same sequence to indicate the information, or may be different sequences generated by using different initialization formulas to indicate the information. This information can be included in the initialization formula.
  • multiple The call indication corresponds to a different SS/PBCH block, that is, the RO simultaneously associates paging indications of multiple POs and multiple SS/PBCH blocks.
  • the paging message of multiple paging occasions may be requested on the RO, and the paging message corresponding to multiple SS/PBCH blocks may be requested on the RO, or the paging message of multiple paging occasions may be requested at the same time.
  • the paging message corresponding to the SS/PBCH block may be requested.
  • Item 1 may refer to SS/PBCH block and paging occasions or paging occasions.
  • Either item 2 may also refer to any one of the SS/PBCH block and the paging indication of the paging occasion or paging occasion.
  • the item 1 when the paging message window only distinguishes the paging occasion, the item 1 indicates the paging occasion of the paging occasion or the paging occasion.
  • the item 1 indicates the SS.
  • /PBCH block when distinguishing both, paging time and SS/PBCH block correspond to item 1 and item 2 in priority order, such as paging occasion > SS/PBCH block, item 1 is paging occasion, item 2 is SS/PBCH block, such as paging occasion ⁇ SS/PBCH block, item 2 is the paging occasion, and item 1 is the SS/PBCH block.
  • each paging message window may correspond to one or more items 1.
  • the paging message windows of different items 1 on one RO may be consecutively adjacent, and the paging message window durations of different items 1 on one RO may be the same.
  • the location of the paging message window of the i-th item 1 associated with the RO is t0+f(i, x), and the message window simultaneously corresponds to the item.
  • the starting position of the paging message window associated with the i-th item 1 and the j-th item 2 may be t0+f(i, j, y, z), and the position may be based on time
  • the slot may also be subframe-based or may be based on ms.
  • the location may be the starting position of the paging message window, the end position, or the intermediate position.
  • the index i or j indicates the index of the SS/PBCH, it may indicate an SS/PBCH block index associated with one RO, or may be an SS/PBCH block index associated with multiple ROs.
  • the index i or j indicates the index of the SS/PBCH, it may indicate an SS/PBCH block index associated with one RO, or may be an SS/PBCH block index associated with multiple ROs.
  • t 0 may represent a fixed constant, may also indicate the start position of the paging message window at 15 kHz, and may also indicate the start position of the ms-based paging message window.
  • x, y, z represents the duration of the paging window, and the unit may be a time slot, a subframe, or an ms.
  • the value of x, y, and z may be any one of 1 to 80, for example, 0.5 time slot, 1 time slot, 2 time slots, and 4 time slots.
  • the values of x, y, and z can be fixed or configured.
  • the value of t0 can be configured or fixed.
  • the value of y can be related to the z value, or the value of z is related to the value of x.
  • the number of windows can also indicate the number of items 2 or the number of supervisory windows for item 2.
  • the item 1 in the frame can be calculated by using (t0+f(i, x)) mod N3.
  • f(i,j,y,z) as i*z+j*y, floor(i*z)+j*y,i*z+floor(j*y),floor(i*z+j *y), floor(floor(i*z)+j*y), floor(i*z+floor(j*y)), when the message of item 1 and/or item 2 is in N2 frames
  • the position of the item 1 in the frame can be calculated by using (t0+f(i, j, y, z)) mod N3.
  • a paging message window of a plurality of item 1 or item 2 may be shared.
  • t0 may be used to indicate the starting position of the paging message window, and item 1 or item 2 sharing a paging message window may be used.
  • the number may be part or all of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, for example 1, 2, 4, 8 16, the number of items 1 sharing a paging message window or the number of items 2 is recorded as N, then the value of N is configurable or fixed, and a configuration method is to configure a specific value, that is, Specific values in 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16, another configuration method is to configure existing values, such as associations
  • the number of items 1 or 2 to the RO period is M. You can configure the value of N to any part or all of the values from 1 to M.
  • the configuration parameter is 1, M
  • the configuration parameter is 1, M/ 2, M.
  • f(i, x) may be floor(i/N)*x, floor(floor(i/N)*x), floor. (i*x), any of i*x.
  • f(i, j, y, z) can be floor(i/N)*z+j*y, floor(floor(i/N)* z)+j*y,floor(i/N)*z+floor(j*y),floor(floor(i/N)*z+j*y),floor(floor(floor(i/N)* z)+j*y),floor(floor(i/N)*z+floor(j*y)),i*z+floor(j/N)*y,floor(i*z)+floor(j/N)*y,floor(i*z)+floor(j /N)*y,i*z+floor(j/N)*y,floor(i*z)+floor(j /N)*y,i*z+floor(j/N)*y),floor(i*z+
  • the starting position is t0.
  • the starting position is t0.
  • the multiple RNTIs may be a PM-RNTI or a PI-RNTI.
  • multiple items 2 may be distinguished by using multiple RNTIs as described above.
  • RNTI when item 2 and item 1 share the same paging message window at the same time, multiple RNTIs may also be used to distinguish them.
  • the index of the RNTI is related to the index of the item.
  • a related method is that the index of the RNTI of the paging message corresponding to the i-th item in the item is RNTI0+i, RNTI0 represents the value of the first RNTI of the paging message or paging indication.
  • the RNTI index of the i-th sub-item in item 2 and the j-th item of item 1 is RNTI0+j*N6+i, where N6 represents the item distinguished by RNTI The number of items in 2 or the number of sub-items.
  • the location of the paging message may also be distinguished, and the paging message may be distinguished by using the frequency location or the temporal location of the paging message.
  • One method of distinguishing is to control the paging message in a time-first order.
  • the resource location or the data resource location is arranged, and the control resource or data resource of the paging message is placed in the index order of the item 1.
  • a method for distinguishing is to arrange the control resource location or the data resource location of the paging message in a frequency-first order, and place the control resource or data resource of the paging message according to the index order of the item 1.
  • the paging messages of different items 1 may be placed in frequency or in time division, that is, there are multiple paging element resource elements on one orthogonal frequency division multiplexed symbol.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the at least one synchronization signal block and the third mapping relationship corresponding to the first random access occasion, the first random access preamble, where the third mapping relationship is at least one synchronization signal block and at least one random Access the mapping relationship of the preamble.
  • the terminal device may further And determining, by the fourth mapping relationship and the first paging packet, the first random access preamble, where the fourth mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one paging packet and at least one random access preamble.
  • the fourth mapping relationship may be pre-assigned by the network device and the terminal device, or defined by a standard, or sent by the network device in advance, which is not limited in this application.
  • the network device determines at least one paging occasion according to at least one random access opportunity period or at least one random access preamble.
  • the paging occasion corresponding to the foregoing first paging occasion may be the same paging occasion as the first paging occasion, or may be the same in different DRX cycles.
  • the paging timing of the location may be the same paging occasion as the first paging occasion, or may be the same in different DRX cycles.
  • the network device determines, according to the first mapping relationship and the at least one random access opportunity period, a paging occasion corresponding to the random access timing period of receiving the random access preamble.
  • the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one random access timing period and at least one paging occasion, so that the network device may determine, according to the first mapping relationship, a random access timing period of receiving the random access preamble. Corresponding at least one paging occasion.
  • the network device determines, according to the second mapping relationship and the at least one random access preamble, the at least one paging occasion corresponding to the received at least one random access preamble.
  • the second mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one random access preamble and the at least one paging occasion, so that the network device may determine, according to the received at least one random access preamble and the sixth mapping relationship, corresponding at least A paging opportunity.
  • the second mapping relationship may be that the network device and the terminal device are pre-agreed or defined according to the standard, or the network device sends the second configuration information in advance, and the second mapping relationship is carried by the second configuration information. This is not limited.
  • the association between the RO period in the T and the SS/PBCH block on the RO may also be a many-to-one situation.
  • different RO periods may also be used to distinguish different paging groups.
  • the number of ROs associated with an SS/PBCH block is N18 and the number of paging packets is N19
  • the number of paging packets associated with one RO period is N20
  • the value of N20 can be obtained through configuration.
  • the network device sends a paging message to the terminal device corresponding to the at least one paging occasion.
  • the network device sends a paging indication message to the multiple terminal devices, and the terminal device receives the at least one paging indication message at the first paging occasion, and according to the at least one paging occasion, Determining, by the first mapping relationship of the at least one random access occasion period, a first random access timing period corresponding to the first paging occasion, and then sending the first random access occasion in the first random access timing period
  • the first random access preamble the network device may determine, according to the first mapping relationship or the second mapping relationship, at least one paging occasion, and send a paging message to the terminal device corresponding to the at least one paging occasion, thereby avoiding more
  • the terminal device sends a paging message, which saves the overhead of signal transmission.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic flow chart of another method of signal transmission in the present application.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the first mapping relationship, a supervision window, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging message and the at least one supervision window.
  • the first mapping relationship may be a mapping relationship between the at least one paging message and the at least one supervision window, and the terminal device may determine a corresponding supervision window according to the paging message to be received.
  • the correspondence between the paging message and the supervision window may be a correspondence between the paging message and the supervision window index, or may be a correspondence between the index of the paging message and the supervision window.
  • the calculation of the starting position of the SSB_TIk monitoring windows of the paging message may be based on the actual transmitted SS/PBCH block index, or may be based on possible
  • the transmitted SS/PBCH block index may also be based on the index of the paging message supervision window, where the SSB_TIk may be any integer within 0 to 64, and the slot or subframe index of the paging message supervision window is calculated, and f(x) is defined.
  • SSB_TIk is any formula of x*SSB_TIk, floor(x*SSB_TIk), x*floor(SSB_TIk/k), floor(x*floor(SSB_TIk/k)), and is associated with different SS/PBCH block
  • I+window offset+f(x,SSB_TIk))mod N (I+f(x,SSB_TIk))mod N
  • I+window offset +f(x, SSB_TIk) mod N I+f(x, SSB_TIk) mod N
  • I represents the reference position of the paging message supervision window, which may be configured or fixed, as in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the x indicates the duration of the paging message supervision window, which can be configured to supervise the window offset table. Shown is the offset of the first supervisory window in the paging message PO relative to the reference location, or the time offset of the first supervisory window of the paging message relative to the reference location plus a fixed time offset, The fixed time offset may be due to the duration of the PO, some time resources being used for the transmission of other messages, such as for uplink transmissions, which may be derived from information configured by the network device.
  • the window offset can be 0, indicating that there is no relevant information, and the I and window offset can be related to the SCS; the floor in the formula means rounding down, which may not exist, but for example, when x is a positive integer
  • the formula can be changed to (I + window offset + x * floor (SSB_TIk / k)) mod N, k can be configured, the value of k can be 1 or other values, when k is 1, the formula Can be I+window offset+x*SSB_TIk.
  • N represents the number of time slots or subframes that can be used to transmit paging messages within a system frame. It can be that all time slots of the entire frame can be used to transmit paging messages. In this case, N and intra-frame homing The number of call slots or the number of subframes is the same, and some of the time slots in the frame may also be used to transmit paging messages.
  • the index when the UE receives the SS/PBCH block index that may be transmitted, the index may be relatively large. For example, for 60 kHz, the index of the SS/PBCH block received by the UE is 45. If the window length of one supervisory window is one time slot, then 45 time slots are required, so at least two paging frames need to be received.
  • the maximum number of supervised windows transmitted by the paging message in one frame may be set to K or the maximum number of sub-frames or time slots used for transmitting the paging message within one frame is N, when seeking When the SS/PBCH block index of the call message (including the candidate SS/PBCH block time index and/or the actually transmitted SS/PBCH block index) is greater than K or the number of time slots or subframes of the paging message is greater than N, Can be placed in the next frame or in adjacent M frames.
  • the paging message can be transmitted in a different field from the SS/PBCH block or transmitted to the last actual transmission or possibly transmitted after the SS/PBCH block.
  • the values of K, M, and N may determine the value of K according to the period of the RMSI, the subcarrier spacing, and the duration of the RMSI supervision window, or according to the number of nBs of the paging message in the DRX cycle, or the time interval of the paging occasion.
  • the duration of the paging window, the subcarrier spacing determines the value of at least one of M, K, N, where the value of N may be x*K.
  • the supervisory windows of the paging messages are continuous or known to be contiguous.
  • the window offsets of different supervisory windows may be different. At least two adjacent window offsets may be the same. At least two adjacent window offsets are different.
  • Position of the frame When all time slots and subframes of the entire frame can be used to transmit paging messages, the formula can be floor((I+window offset+f(x,SSB_TIk))/N), Floor((I+f(x,SSB_TIk))/N), when a slot and a subframe of a frame part can be used to transmit a paging message, the formula can be floor(f(x,SSB_TIk)/ N).
  • the number of paging message groups in the DRX cycle may be related to the period of the SS/PBCH block.
  • the terminal device may derive the number of paging message groups in the DRX cycle according to the period of the SS/PBCH block, for example, the period of the SS/PBCH block is 20 ms, and the DRX period is 32 frames, and the paging message group can be deduced.
  • the number of DRX cycles of the /PBCH block is related, for example, the same.
  • the paging message group may represent a plurality of or one paging message associated with all SS/PBCH blocks within the field, and may also represent one or more paging messages associated with one or more SS/PBCH blocks.
  • the network device may indicate the location of the scheduling information of the paging message control resource information, and the network device may configure the scheduling information of the control resource information of the paging message to be transmitted in the SIB1, or configure the scheduling information of the SIB1 to be transmitted in the PBCH, and the network device also Other data can be multiplexed for transmission of the indication information.
  • a 1-bit indication can be used to transmit between SIB1 or PBCH.
  • the scheduling information used to indicate the paging message control resource may be transmitted in SIB1, or may be transmitted in SIB2, and may also be transmitted in SIB3.
  • the paging resource control resource may carry paging indication information, and may also carry location information and/or modulation policy information of the paging message.
  • the scheduling information of the control resources of the paging message can be used to configure the control resource location and/or modulation coding information of the paging message.
  • the control resource location may be a frequency location of the control resource, a time domain location of the control resource, or a location of both.
  • the scheduling information of the paging message may be partially transmitted in the PBCH, and partially transmitted in SIB1 and/or SIB2 and/or SIB3.
  • the bandwidth information utilizes the bandwidth information of SIB1 in the PBCH, and the time information is transmitted between SIB1 and/or SIB2 and/or SIB3.
  • the network device may also configure the information or multiplex other information in an implicit manner.
  • the paging message when it is frequency-division multiplexed with the SS/PBCH block, it may use the control resource configuration information of the SIB1 in the PBCH.
  • the network device may use an explicit manner to indicate whether part of the scheduling information of the control resource information of the paging message is transmitted in the PBCH or in SIB1 and/or SIB2 and/or SIB3.
  • the scheduling information of the control resource that can be configured with 1 bit or the paging message can be configured in the PBCH, SIB1, or both in the PBCH and the SIB1.
  • the indication can be made using 2 bits.
  • the configuration is also indicated or carried.
  • the terminal device receives a paging message in the supervision window.
  • the network device may also distinguish different SS/PBCH blocks and/or distinguish different paging packets by different random access occasions.
  • the ROs in different RO periods may be used to distinguish different SS/PBCH blocks, or different paging groups may be distinguished, or SS/ may be distinguished first.
  • the PBCH block then distinguishes between different paging packets.
  • the number of SS/PBCH blocks associated with an RO is K1, which one can belong to the RO
  • K1 SS/PBCH blocks can be associated with N17 RO cycles in two adjacent PO time intervals, which can be N17 or N17, that is, N17 and K1 are the same.
  • the SS/PBCH block and the RO period may have a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the random access preamble sent by the network device receiving the terminal device in the first RO period may indicate that the terminal device is in the beam coverage area associated with the SS/PBCH block0; and the network device receives the second RO period.
  • the random access preamble sent by the terminal device may indicate that the terminal device is on the beam coverage area associated with the SS/PBCH block 1; and so on, the network device may determine at least one beam that the terminal device can receive with high signal quality.
  • the RO period index represents an RO period index in T
  • the SS/PBCH block index represents an index in multiple SS/PBCH blocks associated with one RO.
  • the association between the RO period in the T and the SS/PBCH block on the RO may also be a many-to-one situation.
  • different RO periods may also be used to distinguish different paging groups.
  • the number of ROs associated with an SS/PBCH block is N18 and the number of paging packets is N19
  • the number of paging packets associated with one RO period is N20
  • the value of N20 can be obtained through configuration.
  • the paging packet index associated with the i-th RO period may be i6+i* N20 ⁇ i6+i*N20-1, and i6 may be 0 or other constant, positive integer, or negative integer. .
  • different paging packets may be distinguished using a random access preamble.
  • K1 SS/PBCH blocks are associated with N18 RO cycles in two adjacent PO time intervals, where N15 may be equal to N18 or may not be equal, for example, N18 is less than N15.
  • the number of SS/PBCH blocks associated with an RO period is N21.
  • the SS/PBCH block index associated with the i-th RO period is i7+i*N21 ⁇ i7+i*N21-1, and i7 may be 0 or other constant, positive integer, or negative integer.
  • the index of item 3 of item 2 is i8+i+j*N22, which can also be expressed as i8+floor(i/K5)+j*N22 or i8+ceil(i/K5)+j*N22.
  • the network device may further distinguish the paging paging packet and then distinguish different SS/PBCH blocks, and assume that the number of paging packets is N24, and the number of paging packets associated with one RO cycle is N23, and the value of N23 may be By configuration, N23 can be obtained by calculation.
  • the paging packet index associated with the i-th RO period is i10+i*N23 ⁇ i10+i*N23-1, i10 may be 0 or other constant, a positive integer, Or a negative integer, different paging packets can be distinguished using a random access preamble.
  • N26 can be an integer, a fraction, or a number of 1, N26.
  • the value can be obtained by configuration or by calculation.
  • the K1 SS/PBCH blocks may be associated with N27 RO cycles in two adjacent PO time intervals, which may be the first N27 or the latter N27.
  • N27 can be the same as K1 or N25.
  • the SS/PBCH block and the RO period can be in a one-to-one relationship.
  • the SS/PBCH block and the RO period are one-to-many or many-to-one.
  • the association between the RO period in T and the SS/PBCH block on one RO may also be a many-to-one situation. In this case, different RO periods may be used to distinguish different paging groups.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the foregoing processes does not mean the order of execution sequence, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be applied to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 1000 for signal transmission in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1000 for signal transmission may correspond to the terminal device in the above method embodiment, and may have any function of the terminal device in the method.
  • the signal transmission device 1000 includes:
  • the transceiver module 1010 is configured to receive a paging indication message on the first paging occasion
  • the processing module 1020 is configured to determine, according to the first mapping relationship, a first random access timing period corresponding to the first paging occasion, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping between at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period. relationship;
  • the transceiver module 1010 is further configured to send a first random access preamble on a first random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period.
  • the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access opportunity period; or the first mapping relationship is each of the at least one random access timing period a mapping relationship between a random access opportunity period and at least one paging occasion; or the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between each paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period.
  • the random access occasion period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Kth random access timing period after the random access timing period where the second paging occasion is located, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 0, the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship; or the second paging timing in the at least one paging occasion in the first mapping relationship
  • the corresponding random access timing period is the Lth random access timing period after the preset time threshold after the second paging occasion, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is the a paging occasion in the first mapping relationship; or a random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the second paging occasion and the Nth after the second paging occasion
  • the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is multiple between the second paging occasion and the first paging occasion after the second paging occasion.
  • M consecutive random access timing periods in a random access timing period where I is an integer greater than or equal to 0, M is a positive integer, and the second paging occasion is any one of the first mapping relationships Calling time.
  • the processing module is further configured to determine the value of the M according to the number of synchronization signal blocks corresponding to the first random access occasion.
  • the processing module 1020 is further configured to use the second mapping relationship and the The first paging occasion determines the first random access preamble, where the second mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access preamble.
  • the processing module 1020 is further configured to use the third mapping relationship and the And determining, by the at least one synchronization signal block corresponding to the first random access occasion, the first random access preamble, where the third mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one synchronization signal block and the at least one random access preamble.
  • the third mapping relationship may be pre-agreed by the network device and the terminal device or defined according to the standard, or the network device sends the second configuration information in advance before the step 402, and the first mapping relationship is carried by the second configuration information. This application does not limit this.
  • the processing module 1020 is further configured to determine the first random access according to the fourth mapping relationship and the first paging packet, before the first random access preamble is sent on the first random access occasion in the access timing period.
  • the preamble, the fourth mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging packet and the at least one random access preamble.
  • the processing module 1020 is further configured to use, according to the fifth mapping relationship, before the first random access preamble is sent by the terminal device on the first random access occasion in the first random access timing period. Determining the first random access occasion, the fifth mapping relationship, wherein the fifth mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging indication message received by the first paging occasion and the at least one synchronization signal block, where The sixth mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one synchronization signal block and a random access occasion in a random access timing period.
  • the fifth mapping relationship or the sixth mapping relationship may be pre-assigned by the network device and the terminal device, or defined by a standard, or sent by the network device in advance, which is not limited in this application.
  • the transceiver module 1010 is further configured to receive configuration information, where the configuration information carries the first Mapping relations.
  • the transceiver module 1010 is further configured to receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information includes a number of paging packets, a number of paging occasions in a random access timing period, and a time interval of adjacent paging occasions. At least one of the number of synchronization signal blocks corresponding to the random access occasion, and the second configuration information is determined according to the number of access preamble types, wherein the number of the access preamble types is according to the paging The priority level of at least two of the packet, the random access opportunity, and the synchronization signal block are determined.
  • the device 1000 for signal transmission in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device, or may be a chip in the terminal device.
  • the apparatus 1100 for signal transmission may correspond to the terminal device in the method of signal transmission of the embodiment of FIG. 3, and the above and other management operations of the respective modules in the apparatus 1000 for signal transmission and/or
  • the functions or functions are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding steps of the foregoing various methods, and are not described herein for brevity.
  • the transceiver module 1020 in the embodiment of the present application may include a receiving module and a sending module, and may also be implemented by the transceiver 1110.
  • the processing module 1010 may be implemented by the processor 1120.
  • the apparatus 1100 for signal transmission may include a transceiver 1110, a processor 1120, and a memory 1130.
  • the memory 1130 can be used to store indication information, and can also be used to store code, instructions, and the like executed by the processor 1120.
  • the transceiver 1110 can include a radio frequency circuit.
  • the terminal device further includes a storage unit.
  • the storage unit can be, for example, a memory.
  • the storage unit is configured to store a computer execution instruction
  • the processing unit is coupled to the storage unit, and the processing unit executes a computer execution instruction stored by the storage unit to cause the terminal device to perform the foregoing signal transmission. method.
  • the device 1000 for signal transmission is a chip in the terminal device
  • the chip includes a processing module 1010 and a transceiver module 1020.
  • the transceiver module 1020 can be implemented by the transceiver 1110, and the processing module 1010 can be implemented by the processor 1120.
  • the transceiver module can be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, and the like.
  • the processing module can execute computer executed instructions stored by the storage unit.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the terminal, such as a read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices, random access memory (RAM), etc. that can store static information and instructions.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • FIG. 12 is an apparatus 1200 for signal transmission in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the signal transmission device 1200 can be the above network device.
  • the device 1200 for signal transmission may correspond to the network device in each method embodiment, and may have any function of the network device in the method.
  • the signal transmission device 1200 includes:
  • the transceiver module 1210 is configured to send a paging indication message to multiple terminal devices.
  • the transceiver module 1210 is further configured to receive at least one random access preamble on a random access occasion in at least one random access opportunity period;
  • the processing module 1220 is configured to determine, according to the at least one random access opportunity period or the at least one random access preamble, at least one paging occasion;
  • the transceiver module 1210 is further configured to send a paging message to the at least one terminal device, where the at least one terminal device is a terminal device corresponding to the at least one paging occasion.
  • processing module 1220 is specifically configured to:
  • the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one random access timing period and at least one paging occasion.
  • the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access opportunity period;
  • the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between each random access timing period and at least one paging occasion in the at least one random access opportunity period;
  • the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between each paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period.
  • the random access occasion period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Kth random access timing period after the random access timing period where the second paging occasion is located, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship; or
  • the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Lth random access timing period after the preset time threshold after the second paging occasion Where L is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship; or
  • the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is multiple random access occasions between the second paging occasion and the Nth paging occasion after the second paging occasion a Qth random access timing period in the period, where N is a positive integer, Q is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship; or
  • the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Pth random access timing period after the second paging occasion and the Jth paging occasion after the second paging occasion
  • J is an integer greater than
  • P is an integer greater than or equal to
  • the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship
  • the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is multiple random access occasions between the second paging occasion and the first paging occasion after the second paging occasion M consecutive random access timing periods in a period, where I is an integer greater than or equal to 0, M is a positive integer, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship.
  • the processing module 1220 is further configured to determine, according to the random access preamble and the third mapping relationship, a first paging packet, where the third mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one paging packet and a random access preamble. ;
  • the processing module 1220 is specifically configured to:
  • the paging message is sent to the terminal device in the first paging packet.
  • processing module 1220 is specifically configured to:
  • the second mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one random access preamble and the at least one paging occasion.
  • the transceiver module 1210 is further configured to send the first configuration information, where the first configuration information carries the first mapping relationship.
  • processing module 1220 is specifically configured to:
  • the transceiver module 1210 is further configured to send the second configuration information.
  • the apparatus 1200 for signal transmission in the embodiment of the present application may be a network device, or may be a chip in the network device.
  • the apparatus 1200 for signal transmission may correspond to the network device in the method of signal transmission of the embodiment of FIG. 4, and the above and other management operations of the respective modules in the apparatus 1200 for signal transmission and/or
  • the functions or functions are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding steps of the foregoing various methods, and are not described herein for brevity.
  • the transceiver module 1210 in the embodiment of the present application may include a receiving module and a sending module, and may also be implemented by the transceiver 1310.
  • the processing module 1220 may be implemented by the processor 1320.
  • device 1350 can include a transceiver 1310, a processor 1320, and a memory 1330.
  • the memory 1330 can be used to store indication information, and can also be used to store code, instructions, and the like executed by the processor 1320.
  • the transceiver may include a radio frequency circuit, and optionally, the network device further includes a storage unit.
  • the storage unit can be, for example, a memory.
  • the storage unit is configured to store a computer execution instruction
  • the processing module is coupled to the storage unit, and the processing module executes a computer execution instruction stored by the storage unit to cause the network device to perform the foregoing signal transmission. method.
  • the signal transmission device 1200 is a chip in a network device
  • the chip includes a processing module 1220 and a transceiver module 1210.
  • the transceiver module 1210 can be, for example, an input/output interface on a chip, a pin or a circuit, and the like.
  • Processing module 1220 can execute computer executed instructions stored by the storage unit.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the terminal, such as a read-only memory (read) -only memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices, random access memory (RAM), etc. that can store static information and instructions.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the terminal, such as a read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices, random access memory (RAM), etc. that can store static information and instructions.
  • processor 1120 or processor 1320 can be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the foregoing method embodiment may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the above processor may be a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or the like. Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method.
  • the memory 1230 or the memory 1330 in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read only memory (ROMM), an erasable programmable read only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), or an electrical Erase programmable EPROM (EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory can be a random access memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM).
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate synchronous SDRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronously connected dynamic random access memory
  • DR RAM direct memory bus random access memory
  • FIG. 14 shows a communication system 1400 of an embodiment of the present application, the communication system 1400 comprising:
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer storage medium, which can store program instructions for indicating any of the above methods.
  • the storage medium may be specifically a storage 1130 or 1330.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, including a processor, for supporting a distributed unit, a centralized unit, and a terminal device and a network device to implement functions involved in the foregoing embodiments, for example, for example, Generate or process data and/or information involved in the above methods.
  • a chip system including a processor, for supporting a distributed unit, a centralized unit, and a terminal device and a network device to implement functions involved in the foregoing embodiments, for example, for example, Generate or process data and/or information involved in the above methods.
  • the chip system further comprises a memory for storing distributed units, centralized units, and program instructions and data necessary for the terminal device and the network device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product.
  • the technical solution of the present application which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including
  • the instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Abstract

Provided by the present application are a signal transmission method and device. A network device sends paging indication messages to a plurality of terminal devices. A first terminal device among the plurality of terminal devices receives at least one paging indication message at a first paging time, determines a first random access time period corresponding to the first paging time according to first mapping comprising at least one paging time and at least one random access time period, and then sends a first random access preamble at a first random access time within the first random access time period, thus enabling the network device to receive at least one random access preamble during at least one random access time period, to determine at least one paging time according to at least one random access time period or at least one random access preamble, and to send a paging message to a terminal device which corresponds to the at least one paging time, thus avoiding sending a paging message to a plurality of terminal devices, and saving overhead for signal transmission.

Description

信号传输的方法和装置Signal transmission method and device
本申请要求于2018年1月19日提交中国专利局、申请号为201810055716.X、申请名称为“信号传输的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。The present application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. 201810055716.X filed on Jan. 19, 2018, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. in.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,更具体地,涉及一种信号传输的方法和装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly to a method and apparatus for signal transmission.
背景技术Background technique
系统未来的第五代(5th Generation,5G)通信中采用比长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)更高的载波频率,如38GHz、72GHz等6GHz以上的载波频率,从而实现更大带宽、更高传输速率的无线通信。由于载波频率较高,无线信号在空间传播过程中经历更加严重的衰落,甚至接收端可能难以检测出该无线信号。为此,5G通信系统中将采用波束赋形(beamforming)技术来获得良好方向性的波束。波束赋形技术用于将传输信号的能力限制在某个波束方向内,从而增加信号发送和接收的效率。The future 5th Generation (5G) communication of the system adopts a higher carrier frequency than Long Term Evolution (LTE), such as carrier frequencies above 6 GHz such as 38 GHz and 72 GHz, thereby achieving greater bandwidth and higher. Transmission rate wireless communication. Due to the high carrier frequency, the wireless signal experiences more severe fading during spatial propagation, and even the receiving end may have difficulty detecting the wireless signal. To this end, a beamforming technique will be employed in a 5G communication system to obtain a beam with good directivity. Beamforming techniques are used to limit the ability to transmit signals within a certain beam direction, thereby increasing the efficiency of signal transmission and reception.
由于采用波束赋形技术的波束覆盖范围较窄,且网络设备不知道终端设备的具体位置,因此网络设备可以发送广播信息(例如,寻呼消息(paging))进行波束扫描,才能覆盖未知终端设备的位置。为了降低寻呼消息传输过程中的波束扫描的开销,当有paging信息来的时候,网络设备可以预先发一个寻呼指示消息(paging indication),终端设备接收到网络设备广播的寻呼指示消息之后反馈随机接入前导(preamble)以上报信号质量较好的波束,网络设备再根据终端设备上报的波束进行下发paging信息,这样网络设备可以避免向终端设备接收较差的方向发送paging,从而减少了波束扫描的开销。Since the beam coverage of the beamforming technology is narrow, and the network device does not know the specific location of the terminal device, the network device can send broadcast information (for example, paging) for beam scanning to cover the unknown terminal device. s position. In order to reduce the overhead of beam scanning during the transmission of the paging message, when there is paging information, the network device may send a paging indication in advance, and the terminal device receives the paging indication message broadcasted by the network device. The preamble is used to transmit the paging signal with the better signal quality, and the network device sends the paging information according to the beam reported by the terminal device, so that the network device can avoid receiving the poor direction sending paging to the terminal device, thereby reducing The overhead of beam scanning.
传统方案中,终端设备可以在接收到寻呼指示消息之后的任意一个随机接入时机上反馈随机接入前导,在存在不同寻呼时机对应的多个终端设备反馈随机接入前导的情况下,网络设备无法区分某个随机接入前导属于哪个寻呼时机对应的终端设备,这样网络设备无法排除无法寻呼的终端设备,即仍然向每个终端设备发送寻呼消息,造成了寻呼消息传输的开销较大。In the conventional solution, the terminal device may feed back the random access preamble at any random access opportunity after receiving the paging indication message, and when multiple terminal devices corresponding to different paging occasions feed back the random access preamble, The network device cannot distinguish the terminal device corresponding to the paging occasion to which a random access preamble belongs, so that the network device cannot exclude the terminal device that cannot be paged, that is, the paging message is still sent to each terminal device, causing the paging message transmission. The overhead is large.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种信号传输的方法和装置,能够减少传输的开销。The present application provides a method and apparatus for signal transmission, which can reduce the overhead of transmission.
第一方面,提供了一种信号传输的方法,该方法包括:终端设备在第一寻呼时机上接收寻呼指示消息;该终端设备根据第一映射关系,确定该第一寻呼时机对应的第一随机接入时机周期,该第一映射关系为至少一个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入时机周期的映射关系;该终端设备在该第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导。In a first aspect, a method for signal transmission is provided, the method includes: receiving, by a terminal device, a paging indication message on a first paging occasion; and determining, by the terminal device, the first paging occasion according to the first mapping relationship a first random access timing period, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period; the first random access of the terminal equipment in the first random access timing period The first random access preamble is sent at the timing.
网络设备向多个终端设备发送寻呼指示消息,该多个终端设备中的第一终端设备在第一寻呼时机接收至少一个寻呼指示消息,并根据包括至少一个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入时机周期的第一映射关系确定出该第一寻呼时机对应的第一随机接入时机周期,进而在该第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导,使得网络设备在至少一个随机接入时机周期上接收至少一个随机接入前导,并根据该至少一个随机接入时机周期或至少一个随机接入前导确定出至少一个寻呼时机,并向该至少一个寻呼时机对应的终端设备发送寻呼消息,从而避免向多个终端设备发送寻呼消息,节省了信号传输的开销。The network device sends a paging indication message to the plurality of terminal devices, where the first terminal device of the plurality of terminal devices receives the at least one paging indication message at the first paging occasion, and according to the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random The first mapping relationship of the access timing period determines a first random access timing period corresponding to the first paging occasion, and further sends the first randomness at the first random access occasion in the first random access timing period. Accessing the preamble, so that the network device receives at least one random access preamble on at least one random access opportunity period, and determines at least one paging occasion according to the at least one random access timing period or the at least one random access preamble, and Sending a paging message to the terminal device corresponding to the at least one paging occasion, thereby avoiding sending a paging message to multiple terminal devices, thereby saving the overhead of signal transmission.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该第一映射关系为该至少一个寻呼时机与该至少一个随机接入时机周期一一对应的映射关系;或该第一映射关系为该至少一个随机接入时机周期中的每个随机接入时机周期与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系;或该第一映射关系为该至少一个寻呼时机中的每个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入时机周期的映射关系。In some possible implementations, the first mapping relationship is a one-to-one mapping relationship between the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access opportunity period; or the first mapping relationship is the at least one random access opportunity a mapping relationship between each random access timing period and at least one paging occasion in the period; or the first mapping relationship is a mapping between each paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period relationship.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机所在的随机接入时机周期之后的第K个随机接入时机周期,其中,K为大于或等于0的整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机。In some possible implementation manners, the random access occasion period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Kth random access occasion after the random access timing period where the second paging occasion is located a period, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该第一映射关系中的该至少一个寻呼时机中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机之后的预设时间阈值之后的第L个随机接入时机周期,其中,L为大于或等于0的整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机。In some possible implementation manners, the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is after a preset time threshold after the second paging occasion The Lth random access timing period, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship.
间隔一段时间之后可以保证所有的终端设备都有时间处理接收到的寻呼指示消息和发送随机接入前导。After a period of time, all terminal devices can be guaranteed to have time to process the received paging indication message and send a random access preamble.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机与该第二寻呼时机之后的第N个寻呼时机之间的多个随机接入时机周期中的第Q个随机接入时机周期,其中,N为大于0的整数,Q为大于或等于0的整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机。In some possible implementation manners, the second paging occasion corresponding to the second paging occasion corresponds to the Nth paging occasion after the second paging occasion and the second paging occasion. The Qth random access timing period in the multiple random access timing periods, where N is an integer greater than 0, Q is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is the first mapping relationship Any one of the paging occasions.
在一些可能的实现方式中,第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机与该第二寻呼时机之后的第J个寻呼时机之后的第P个随机接入时机周期,其中,J为大于0的整数,P为大于或等于0的整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机。In some possible implementation manners, the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is after the second paging occasion and the Jth paging occasion after the second paging occasion The Pth random access timing period, where J is an integer greater than 0, P is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机与该第二寻呼时机之后的第I个寻呼时机之间的多个随机接入时机周期中的M个连续的随机接入时机周期,其中,I为大于或等于0的整数,M为正整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机。In some possible implementation manners, the random access occasion period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the second paging occasion and the first paging occasion after the second paging occasion M consecutive random access timing periods in a plurality of random access timing periods, where I is an integer greater than or equal to 0, M is a positive integer, and the second paging occasion is in the first mapping relationship Any one of the paging opportunities.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:该终端设备根据该第一随机接入时机对应的同步信号块的数目,确定该M的取值。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: determining, by the terminal device, the value of the M according to the number of synchronization signal blocks corresponding to the first random access occasion.
在一些可能的实现方式中,在该终端设备在该第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导之前,该方法还包括:该终端设备根据第二映射关系和该第一寻呼时机,确定该第一随机接入前导,该第二映射关系为该至少一个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入前导的映射关系。In some possible implementations, before the sending, by the terminal device, the first random access preamble on the first random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period, the method further includes: the terminal device according to the second The mapping relationship and the first paging occasion determine the first random access preamble, where the second mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access preamble.
在一些可能的实现方式中,在该终端设备在该第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导之前,该方法还包括:该终端设备根据第三映射关系和该第一随机接入时机对应的至少一个同步信号块,确定该第一随机接入前导,该第三映射关系为至少一个同步信号块与至少一个随机接入前导的映射关系。In some possible implementations, before the terminal device sends the first random access preamble on the first random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period, the method further includes: the terminal device according to the third The mapping relationship and the at least one synchronization signal block corresponding to the first random access occasion determine the first random access preamble, where the third mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one synchronization signal block and the at least one random access preamble.
在一些可能的实现方式中,在该寻呼指示消息携带至少一个寻呼分组标识,且该终端设备属于该至少一个寻呼分组标识对应的第一寻呼分组的情况下,在该终端设备在该第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导之前,该方法还包括:该终端设备根据第四映射关系和该第一寻呼分组,确定该第一随机接入前导,该第四映射关系为至少一个寻呼分组和至少一个随机接入前导的映射关系。In some possible implementation manners, in a case where the paging indication message carries at least one paging packet identifier, and the terminal device belongs to the first paging packet corresponding to the at least one paging packet identifier, Before the first random access preamble is sent on the first random access occasion in the first random access occasion period, the method further includes: determining, by the terminal device, the first mapping relationship according to the fourth mapping relationship a random access preamble, the fourth mapping relationship being a mapping relationship between at least one paging packet and at least one random access preamble.
在一些可能的实现方式中,在该终端设备在该第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导之前,该方法还包括:该终端设备根据第五映射关系、第六映射关系和该寻呼指示消息,确定该第一随机接入时机,该第五映射关系为该第一寻呼时机接收的至少一个寻呼指示消息与至少一个同步信号块的映射关系,该第六映射关系为该至少一个同步信号块与随机接入时机周期中的随机接入时机的映射关系。In some possible implementations, before the terminal device sends the first random access preamble on the first random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period, the method further includes: the terminal device according to the fifth a mapping relationship, a sixth mapping relationship, and the paging indication message, determining the first random access occasion, where the fifth mapping relationship is the at least one paging indication message received by the first paging occasion and the at least one synchronization signal block a mapping relationship, where the sixth mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one synchronization signal block and a random access occasion in a random access timing period.
在一些可能的实现方式中,在该终端设备根据第一映射关系,确定该第一寻呼时机对应的第一随机接入时机之前,该方法还包括:该终端设备接收配置信息,该配置信息携带该第一映射关系。In some possible implementations, before the determining, by the terminal device, the first random access opportunity corresponding to the first paging occasion according to the first mapping relationship, the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, configuration information, the configuration information Carrying the first mapping relationship.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:该终端设备接收第二配置信息,该第二配置信息包括寻呼分组的数目、随机接入时机周期内寻呼时机的数目、相邻寻呼时机的时间间隔、随机接入时机对应的同步信号块的数目中的至少一项,且该第二配置信息是根据随接入前导种类的数目确定的,其中,该随接入前导种类的数目是根据寻呼分组、随机接入时机、同步信号块中的至少两项的优先级等级确定的。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: the terminal device receiving second configuration information, where the second configuration information includes a number of paging packets, a number of paging occasions in a random access timing period, and adjacent paging At least one of a time interval of the timing, a number of synchronization signal blocks corresponding to the random access occasion, and the second configuration information is determined according to the number of access preamble types, wherein the number of the access preamble types It is determined according to a priority level of at least two of a paging packet, a random access occasion, and a synchronization signal block.
第二方面,提供了一种信号传输的方法,其特征在于,网络设备向多个终端设备发送寻呼指示消息;该网络设备在至少一个随机接入时机周期中的随机接入时机上接收至少一个随机接入前导;该网络设备根据该至少一个随机接入时机周期或该至少一个随机接入前导,确定至少一个寻呼时机;该网络设备向至少一个终端设备发送寻呼消息,该至少一个终端设备为该至少一个寻呼时机对应的终端设备。In a second aspect, a method for signal transmission is provided, wherein a network device sends a paging indication message to a plurality of terminal devices; the network device receives at least a random access opportunity in a random access opportunity period a random access preamble; the network device determines at least one paging occasion according to the at least one random access opportunity period or the at least one random access preamble; the network device sends a paging message to the at least one terminal device, the at least one The terminal device is a terminal device corresponding to the at least one paging occasion.
终端设备在第一寻呼时机接收至少一个寻呼指示消息,并根据包括至少一个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入时机周期的第一映射关系确定出该第一寻呼时机对应的第一随机接入时机周期,进而在该第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导,使得网络设备在至少一个随机接入时机周期上接收至少一个随机接入前导,并根据该至少一个随机接入时机周期或至少一个随机接入前导确定出至少一个寻呼时机,并向该至少一个寻呼时机对应的终端设备发送寻呼消息,从而避免向多个终端设备发送寻呼消息,节省了信号传输的开销。The terminal device receives the at least one paging indication message at the first paging occasion, and determines the first random corresponding to the first paging occasion according to the first mapping relationship including the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access timing period. And the first random access preamble is sent on the first random access occasion in the first random access timing period, so that the network device receives the at least one random access on the at least one random access timing period. Preamble, and determining at least one paging occasion according to the at least one random access timing period or the at least one random access preamble, and sending a paging message to the terminal device corresponding to the at least one paging occasion, thereby avoiding to multiple terminals The device sends a paging message, which saves the overhead of signal transmission.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该网络设备根据该至少一个随机接入时机周期,确定至少一个寻呼时机包括:该网络设备根据该第一映射关系和该至少一个随机接入时机周期,确定该至少一个寻呼时机,所述第一映射关系为至少一个随机接入时机周期与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系。In some possible implementation manners, the determining, by the network device, the at least one paging occasion according to the at least one random access opportunity period, the network device determining, according to the first mapping relationship and the at least one random access timing period, At least one paging occasion, the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one random access timing period and at least one paging occasion.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该第一映射关系为该至少一个寻呼时机与该至少一个随机 接入时机周期一一对应的映射关系。In some possible implementation manners, the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access opportunity period.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该第一映射关系为该至少一个随机接入时机周期中的每个随机接入时机周期与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系。In some possible implementation manners, the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between each random access timing period and at least one paging occasion in the at least one random access timing period.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该第一映射关系为该至少一个寻呼时机中的每个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入时机周期的映射关系。In some possible implementation manners, the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between each paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机所在的随机接入时机周期之后的第K个随机接入时机周期,其中,K为大于或等于0的整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机。In some possible implementation manners, the random access occasion period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Kth random access occasion after the random access timing period where the second paging occasion is located a period, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该第一映射关系中的该至少一个寻呼时机中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机之后的预设时间阈值之后的第L个随机接入时机周期,其中,L为大于或等于0的整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机。In some possible implementation manners, the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is after a preset time threshold after the second paging occasion The Lth random access timing period, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship.
间隔一段时间之后可以保证所有的终端设备都有时间处理接收到的寻呼指示消息和发送随机接入前导。After a period of time, all terminal devices can be guaranteed to have time to process the received paging indication message and send a random access preamble.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机与该第二寻呼时机之后的第N个寻呼时机之间的多个随机接入时机周期中的第Q个随机接入时机周期,其中,N为大于0的整数,Q为大于或等于0的整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机。In some possible implementation manners, the second paging occasion corresponding to the second paging occasion corresponds to the Nth paging occasion after the second paging occasion and the second paging occasion. The Qth random access timing period in the multiple random access timing periods, where N is an integer greater than 0, Q is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is the first mapping relationship Any one of the paging occasions.
在一些可能的实现方式中,第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机与该第二寻呼时机之后的第J个寻呼时机之后的第P个随机接入时机周期,其中,J为大于0的整数,P为大于或等于0的整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机。In some possible implementation manners, the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is after the second paging occasion and the Jth paging occasion after the second paging occasion The Pth random access timing period, where J is an integer greater than 0, P is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机与该第二寻呼时机之后的第I个寻呼时机之间的多个随机接入时机周期中的M个连续的随机接入时机周期,其中,I为大于或等于0的整数,M为正整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机。In some possible implementation manners, the random access occasion period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the second paging occasion and the first paging occasion after the second paging occasion M consecutive random access timing periods in a plurality of random access timing periods, where I is an integer greater than or equal to 0, M is a positive integer, and the second paging occasion is in the first mapping relationship Any one of the paging opportunities.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:该网络设备根据该随机接入前导和第三映射关系,确定第一寻呼分组,该第三映射关系为至少一个寻呼分组与随机接入前导的映射关系;其中,该网络设备向至少一个终端设备发送寻呼消息包括:该网络设备上向该第一寻呼分组中的终端设备发送该寻呼消息。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: determining, by the network device, the first paging packet according to the random access preamble and the third mapping relationship, where the third mapping relationship is at least one paging packet and random access The mapping relationship of the preamble; wherein the sending, by the network device, the paging message to the at least one terminal device comprises: sending, by the network device, the paging message to the terminal device in the first paging packet.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该网络设备根据所述至少一个随机接入前导,确定至少一个寻呼时机包括:该网络设备根据该至少一个随机接入前导和该第二映射关系,确定该至少一个寻呼时机,所述第二映射关系为至少一个随机接入前导与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系。In some possible implementation manners, the determining, by the network device, the at least one paging occasion according to the at least one random access preamble includes: determining, by the network device, the at least one random access preamble and the second mapping relationship For a paging occasion, the second mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one random access preamble and at least one paging occasion.
在一些可能的实现方式中,在该网络设备在该至少一个第一寻呼时机上发送该寻呼指示消息之前,该方法还包括:该网络设备发送第一配置信息,该第一配置信息携带该第一映射关系。In some possible implementations, before the network device sends the paging indication message on the at least one first paging occasion, the method further includes: the network device sending first configuration information, where the first configuration information carries The first mapping relationship.
第三方面,提供了一种信号传输的方法,其特征在于,网络设备向多个终端设备发送寻呼指示消息;该网络设备在至少一个随机接入时机周期中的随机接入时机上接收至少一 个随机接入前导,该至少一个随机接入时机周期是由终端设备根据第一映射关系确定的,该第一映射关系为至少一个随机接入时机周期与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系,该网络设备根据该至少一个随机接入前导发送寻呼消息。A third aspect provides a method for signal transmission, wherein a network device sends a paging indication message to a plurality of terminal devices; the network device receives at least a random access opportunity in a random access opportunity period. a random access preamble, where the at least one random access timing period is determined by the terminal device according to the first mapping relationship, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one random access timing period and at least one paging occasion, where The network device sends a paging message according to the at least one random access preamble.
在一些可能的实现方式中,网络设备可以实现上述第二方面的每一种可能的实现方式。In some possible implementations, the network device can implement each of the possible implementations of the second aspect described above.
第四方面,提供了一种信号检测的装置,该装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备内的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第一方面的各实施例的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。In a fourth aspect, a device for signal detection is provided, which may be a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device. The device has the functionality to implement the various embodiments of the first aspect described above. This function can be implemented in hardware or in hardware by executing the corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
在一种可能的设计中,当该装置为终端设备时,终端设备包括:处理单元和收发单元,所述处理单元例如可以是处理器,所述收发单元例如可以是收发器,所述收发器包括射频电路。可选地,所述终端设备还包括存储单元,该存储单元例如可以是存储器。当终端设备包括存储单元时,该存储单元用于存储计算机执行指令,该处理单元与该存储单元连接,该处理单元执行该存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,以使该终端设备执行上述第一方面任意一项的信号检测的方法。In a possible design, when the device is a terminal device, the terminal device comprises: a processing unit and a transceiver unit, the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the transceiver unit may be, for example, a transceiver, the transceiver Includes RF circuitry. Optionally, the terminal device further includes a storage unit, which may be, for example, a memory. When the terminal device includes a storage unit, the storage unit is configured to store a computer execution instruction, the processing unit is coupled to the storage unit, and the processing unit executes a computer execution instruction stored by the storage unit to cause the terminal device to perform the first aspect described above Any method of signal detection.
在另一种可能的设计中,当该装置为终端设备内的芯片时,该芯片包括:处理单元和收发单元,所述处理单元例如可以是处理器,所述收发单元例如可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,以使该终端内的芯片执行上述第一方面任意一项的信号检测的方法。可选地,所述存储单元为所述芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,所述存储单元还可以是所述终端设备内的位于所述芯片外部的存储单元,如只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。In another possible design, when the device is a chip in the terminal device, the chip includes: a processing unit and a transceiver unit, and the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the transceiver unit may be, for example, the chip. Input/output interface, pins or circuits, etc. The processing unit may execute a computer-executable instruction stored by the storage unit to cause the chip within the terminal to perform the method of signal detection of any of the above aspects. Optionally, the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the terminal device, such as a read-only memory ( Read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices, random access memory (RAM), etc. that can store static information and instructions.
其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个通用中央处理器(CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制上述第一方面信号检测的方法的程序执行的集成电路。The processor mentioned in any of the above may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more for controlling the above. The first aspect of the method of signal detection is performed by an integrated circuit.
第五方面,本申请提供一种信号检测的装置,该装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备内的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第二方面的各实施例的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。In a fifth aspect, the application provides a device for detecting a signal, and the device may be a terminal device or a chip in the terminal device. The device has the functionality to implement the various embodiments of the second aspect described above. This function can be implemented in hardware or in hardware by executing the corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
在一种可能的设计中,当该装置为终端设备时,终端设备包括:处理单元和收发单元,所述处理单元例如可以是处理器,所述收发单元例如可以是收发器,所述收发器包括射频电路,可选地,所述终端设备还包括存储单元,该存储单元例如可以是存储器。当终端设备包括存储单元时,该存储单元用于存储计算机执行指令,该处理单元与该存储单元连接,该处理单元执行该存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,以使该终端设备执行上述第二方面任意一项的信号检测的方法。In a possible design, when the device is a terminal device, the terminal device comprises: a processing unit and a transceiver unit, the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the transceiver unit may be, for example, a transceiver, the transceiver The radio frequency circuit is included. Optionally, the terminal device further includes a storage unit, and the storage unit may be, for example, a memory. When the terminal device includes a storage unit, the storage unit is configured to store a computer execution instruction, the processing unit is coupled to the storage unit, and the processing unit executes a computer execution instruction stored by the storage unit to cause the terminal device to perform the second aspect Any method of signal detection.
在另一种可能的设计中,当该装置为终端设备内的芯片时,该芯片包括:处理单元和收发单元,所述处理单元例如可以是处理器,所述收发单元例如可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,以使该终端设备内的芯片执行上述第二方面任意一项的信号检测的方法。可选地,所述存储单元为 所述芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,所述存储单元还可以是所述终端设备内的位于所述芯片外部的存储单元,如ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,RAM等。In another possible design, when the device is a chip in the terminal device, the chip includes: a processing unit and a transceiver unit, and the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the transceiver unit may be, for example, the chip. Input/output interface, pins or circuits, etc. The processing unit may execute a computer-executable instruction stored by the storage unit to cause the chip in the terminal device to perform the method of signal detection according to any of the above second aspects. Optionally, the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the terminal device, such as a ROM or may be stored. Static information and instructions for other types of static storage devices, RAM, etc.
其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个CPU,微处理器,ASIC,或一个或多个用于控制上述第二方面信号检测的方法的程序执行的集成电路。Wherein, the processor mentioned in any of the above may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or an integrated circuit of one or more programs for controlling the method of signal detection of the second aspect described above.
第六方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括:上述第四方面的装置和上述第五方面的装置。According to a sixth aspect, there is provided a communication system comprising: the apparatus of the above fourth aspect and the apparatus of the above fifth aspect.
第七方面,提供了一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质中存储有程序代码,该程序代码用于指示执行上述第一方面、第二方面和第三方面中的任一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。In a seventh aspect, a computer storage medium is provided, the program storage medium storing program code for indicating execution of any of the first aspect, the second aspect, and the third aspect, or any possible The instructions of the method in the implementation.
第八方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面、第二方面和第三方面中的任一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, a computer program product comprising instructions for causing a computer to perform any of the first, second, and third aspects above, or any possible implementation thereof, when executed on a computer Methods.
基于上述方案,网络设备向多个终端设备发送寻呼指示消息,该多个终端设备中的第一终端设备在第一寻呼时机接收至少一个寻呼指示消息,并根据包括至少一个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入时机周期的第一映射关系确定出该第一寻呼时机对应的第一随机接入时机周期,进而在该第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导,使得网络设备在至少一个随机接入时机周期上接收至少一个随机接入前导,并根据该至少一个随机接入时机周期或至少一个随机接入前导确定出至少一个寻呼时机,并向该至少一个寻呼时机对应的终端设备发送寻呼消息,从而避免向多个终端设备发送寻呼消息,节省了信号传输的开销。The network device sends a paging indication message to the multiple terminal devices, where the first terminal device of the multiple terminal devices receives the at least one paging indication message at the first paging occasion, and includes at least one paging occasion according to the foregoing solution. Determining, by the first mapping relationship with the at least one random access opportunity period, a first random access timing period corresponding to the first paging occasion, and further, at a first random access timing in the first random access timing period Transmitting a first random access preamble, so that the network device receives at least one random access preamble on at least one random access opportunity period, and determines at least one homing according to the at least one random access timing period or the at least one random access preamble And calling the opportunity, and sending a paging message to the terminal device corresponding to the at least one paging occasion, thereby avoiding sending the paging message to the multiple terminal devices, thereby saving the overhead of signal transmission.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1是本申请实施例的一个应用场景的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例的一个应用场景的示意性流程图;2 is a schematic flowchart of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例的寻呼时机的结构示意图;3 is a schematic structural diagram of a paging occasion according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请一个实施例的信号传输的方法的示意性流程图;4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请另一个实施例的信号传输的方法的示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a method for signal transmission according to another embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图6是本申请又一个实施例的信号传输的方法的示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of a method of signal transmission according to still another embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请又一个实施例的信号传输的方法的示意图;7 is a schematic diagram of a method of signal transmission according to still another embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请又一个实施例的信号传输的方法的示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a method for signal transmission according to still another embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图9是本申请又一个实施例的信号传输的方法的示意图;9 is a schematic diagram of a method of signal transmission according to still another embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请一个实施例的信号传输的装置的示意性框图;FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图11是本申请一个实施例的信号传输的装置的示意性结构图;11 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请另一个实施例的信号传输的装置的示意性框图;FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for signal transmission according to another embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图13是本申请另一个实施例的信号传输的装置的示意性结构图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for signal transmission according to another embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图14是本申请实施例的信号检测的通信系统的示意性框图。FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system for signal detection according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access,WiMAX)通信系统、5G系统或新无线(New Radio,NR)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system, a Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, and a wideband code division multiple access. (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) communication system, 5G system or New Radio (New Radio, NR) and so on.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算机设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a user equipment, an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent, or User device. The terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), with wireless communication. Functional handheld devices, computer devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks or in the future evolution of the Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) The terminal device and the like are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备可以是全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统或码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等,本申请实施例并不限定。The network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with the terminal device, and the network device may be a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA). Base Transceiver Station (BTS), which may also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in a Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, or an evolved base station in an LTE system (Evolutional The NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) may also be a wireless controller in a Cloud Radio Access Network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device may be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and a future. The network device in the 5G network or the network device in the PLMN network in the future is not limited in this embodiment.
图1是本申请一个通信系统的示意图。图1中的通信系统可以包括用户设备10和网络设备20。网络设备20用于为用户设备10提供通信服务并接入核心网,用户设备10通过搜索网络设备20发送的同步信号、广播信号等接入网络,从而进行与网络的通信。图1中所示出的箭头可以表示通过用户设备10与网络设备20之间的蜂窝链路进行的上/下行传输。1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system of the present application. The communication system of FIG. 1 may include user equipment 10 and network equipment 20. The network device 20 is configured to provide communication services for the user equipment 10 and access the core network. The user equipment 10 accesses the network by searching for synchronization signals, broadcast signals, and the like transmitted by the network device 20, thereby performing communication with the network. The arrows shown in FIG. 1 may represent uplink/downlink transmissions by a cellular link between user equipment 10 and network device 20.
图2示出了本申请一个应用场景的示意图。FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario of the present application.
201,网络设备可以实时检测寻呼消息。201. The network device can detect the paging message in real time.
网络设备可以直接采用不同方向的波束发送寻呼消息,即直接执行步骤206。应理解,下述实施例中可以将在执行步骤201之后直接执行步骤206的寻呼机制称为“波束扫描寻呼机制”。The network device can directly send the paging message by using the beam in different directions, that is, directly performing step 206. It should be understood that the paging mechanism that directly performs step 206 after performing step 201 may be referred to as a "beam scanning paging mechanism" in the following embodiments.
202,网络设备在检测到寻呼消息到来时,采用每个终端设备对应的寻呼时机(paging occasion,PO)向相应地终端设备发送寻呼指示消息。202. When detecting the arrival of the paging message, the network device sends a paging indication message to the corresponding terminal device by using a paging occasion (PO) corresponding to each terminal device.
具体地,寻呼指示消息可以包括控制资源信息和/或数据资源信息,也可以是控制资源集合(Control Resource Set,CORESET),还可以是下行控制信息(Down link control  information,DCI),其中,控制资源信息可以是物理下行控制信道(Physical Down Link Control Channel,PDCCH);该数据资源信息可以是物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)。Specifically, the paging indication message may include control resource information and/or data resource information, or may be a Control Resource Set (CORESET), or may be Downlink Control Information (DCI), where The control resource information may be a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH); the data resource information may be a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH).
寻呼指示消息中的数据比特可以携带UE分组信息,也可以携带部分被寻呼的UE的截断标识(identity,ID)信息,也可以携带部分或全部的被寻呼UE的UE ID信息,也可以携带全部的UE分组信息。寻呼指示消息也可以称为寻呼索引,或寻呼指示消息中的部分信息也可以称为寻呼索引。寻呼分组可以是UE分组,可以是基于UE ID进行的分组,也可以是基于不同的SS/PBCH block进行的分组,也可以是基于寻呼索引进行的分组。The data bits in the paging indication message may carry the UE group information, may also carry the truncated identifier (ID) information of the partially paged UE, and may also carry part or all of the UE ID information of the paged UE. All UE packet information can be carried. The paging indication message may also be referred to as a paging index, or part of the information in the paging indication message may also be referred to as a paging index. The paging packet may be a UE packet, may be a packet based on a UE ID, may be a packet based on a different SS/PBCH block, or may be a packet based on a paging index.
如图3所示,终端设备可以以非连续性(discontinuous reception,DRX)周期苏醒进行接收信号,该DRX周期可以包括至少一个寻呼时机,至少一个终端设备可以在同一个寻呼时机上进行信号传输,且在一个DRX周期内不同寻呼时机分别用于服务不同的终端设备。也就是说,网络设备与某一个终端设备进行信号传输的寻呼时机是固定的。例如,图3中的不同DRX周期内用于服务某一个终端设备的寻呼时机都是编号为5的寻呼时机。具体地,网络设备可以通过每个寻呼时机中的部分时间单元传输信号。As shown in FIG. 3, the terminal device may wake up with a discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle, and the DRX cycle may include at least one paging occasion, and at least one terminal device may perform signals on the same paging occasion. Transmission, and different paging occasions are used to serve different terminal devices in one DRX cycle. That is to say, the paging occasion for signal transmission between the network device and a certain terminal device is fixed. For example, the paging occasions for serving a certain terminal device in different DRX cycles in FIG. 3 are all paging occasions numbered 5. Specifically, the network device can transmit signals through a portion of the time units in each paging occasion.
本申请所述的随机接入前导种类的数目可以为一个随机接入周期下的一个随机接入时机下的随机接入前导数目,随机接入前导与随机接入时机可以有绑定关系。随机接入前导也可以称为随机接入资源,随机接入时机也可以为随机接入资源。The number of the random access preamble types in the present application may be a random access preamble number at a random access occasion in a random access period, and the random access preamble and the random access timing may have a binding relationship. The random access preamble may also be referred to as a random access resource, and the random access opportunity may also be a random access resource.
应理解,本申请实施例中,在寻呼时机中传输的信号可以是寻呼指示消息,也可以是寻呼消息,本申请对此不仅限定。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the signal transmitted in the paging occasion may be a paging indication message or a paging message, which is not limited in this application.
还应理解,时间单元可以是帧、子帧、时隙或迷你时隙,本申请对此不进行限定。It should also be understood that the time unit may be a frame, a subframe, a time slot or a mini time slot, which is not limited in this application.
也就是说,每个寻呼时机可以用于寻呼多个终端设备,而一个终端设备只能在一个DRX周期内的一个寻呼时机上接收寻呼消息。That is, each paging occasion can be used to page multiple terminal devices, and one terminal device can only receive paging messages on one paging occasion within one DRX cycle.
可选地,网络设备可以在步骤202之前,通过配置信息向终端设备发送寻呼时机中的信息或时频资源与同步信号块(Synchronous signal blocks,SS blocks)/物理广播信道(Physical Broadcast Channel,PBCH)块的映射关系,以及SS/PBCH块与随机接入时机周期中的随机接入时机的映射关系。寻呼时机中的信息可以是寻呼指示消息,可以是寻呼指示消息的控制信息,也可以是寻呼指示消息的数据信息,也可以是寻呼消息的数据信息,也可以是寻呼消息的控制信息。寻呼时机中的时频资源可以是寻呼指示消息的控制信息时频资源,也可以是寻呼指示消息的数据信息时频资源,也可以是寻呼信息的控制信息时频资源,也可以是寻呼信息的数据信息时频资源。Optionally, before the step 202, the network device may send the information in the paging occasion or the time-frequency resource and the Synchronous Signal Block (SS blocks)/Physical Broadcast Channel (Physical Broadcast Channel) through the configuration information to the terminal device. The mapping relationship of the PBCH) block and the mapping relationship between the SS/PBCH block and the random access occasion in the random access timing period. The information in the paging occasion may be a paging indication message, which may be the control information of the paging indication message, the data information of the paging indication message, the data information of the paging message, or the paging message. Control information. The time-frequency resource in the paging occasion may be the time-frequency resource of the control information of the paging indication message, the time-frequency resource of the data information of the paging indication message, or the time-frequency resource of the control information of the paging information, or It is the data information time-frequency resource of paging information.
应理解,寻呼时机包括至少一个寻呼指示消息或寻呼消息,寻呼时机中的寻呼指示消息或寻呼消息与SS/PBCH块可以是一一对应,也可以是一对多,也可以是多对一的。It should be understood that the paging occasion includes at least one paging indication message or paging message, and the paging indication message or the paging message in the paging occasion may be in one-to-one correspondence with the SS/PBCH block, or may be one-to-many, It can be many to one.
应理解,随机接入时机与SS/PBCH块可以是一一对应,也可以是一对多,也可以是多对一的关系。It should be understood that the random access timing and the SS/PBCH block may be one-to-one correspondence, or may be one-to-many or may be a many-to-one relationship.
可选地,寻呼指示消息或寻呼消息与SS/PBCH块具有映射关系可以理解为在第一寻呼时机中传输寻呼指示消息或寻呼消息采用的波束与在SS/PBCH块传输SS/PBCH采用的波束相同。Optionally, the mapping relationship between the paging indication message or the paging message and the SS/PBCH block can be understood as the transmission of the paging indicator message or the paging message used in the first paging occasion and the transmission of the SS in the SS/PBCH block. /PBCH uses the same beam.
本申请中的关联与也可以称为映射,对应,相关。当随机接入周期或随机接入集合与寻呼时机相关的时候,可以为该寻呼时机的终端设备在该随机接入周期内的随机接入时机 上发送随机接入前导,可以用于请求寻呼消息,或上报波束,随机接入时机和SS/PBCH block或寻呼时机中的寻呼消息或寻呼指示关联的时候,也可以表示它们具有准共址(quasi co-located,QCL)关系,可以采用相同的时延扩展或相同的多普勒扩展或相同的平均增益,相同的平均时延,或相同的空域参数发送或接收信号,或采用相同的波束发送或接收信号。The associations in this application may also be referred to as mappings, correspondences, and correlations. When the random access period or the random access set is related to the paging occasion, the terminal device of the paging occasion may send a random access preamble at the random access occasion in the random access period, and may be used for the request. When paging messages, or reporting beams, when random access timings are associated with paging messages or paging indicators in SS/PBCH blocks or paging occasions, they may also indicate that they have quasi co-located (QCL). Relationships may be transmitted or received using the same delay spread or the same Doppler spread or the same average gain, the same average delay, or the same spatial domain parameters, or the same beam.
本文中使用i0+i*P1~i0+(i+1)*P1-1的形式表示关联到第j个项目2的项目1的索引号时,其中i0可以表示项目1的起始索引,当有多层关联关系的时候,可以与多个项目相关,P1可以表示项目1的数目,也可以表示关联到项目2的项目1数目,也可以表示项目2的数目,也可以表示关联到项目1的项目2数目,其有另外一种表达方式,即i=j0+floor(j/P1)或i=j0+ceil(j/P1)或i=j0+j/P1,两种表达是相同的意思,其中j0可以表示项目2的起始索引,j0可以与i0相关,P1等于1的时候,i=j1+j或者j=i0+i;还可以表达为关联到第i个项目1和第j个项目2的项目3的索引为i1+i+j*P2,也可以表达为i1+floor(i/Q1)+j*P2或i8+ceil(i/P2)+j*P3,还可以表达为关联到第i个项目1,第j个项目2和第k个项目3的项目4的索引为i2+i+j*P2+k*P3*P2,也可以表达为i2+floor(i/Q1)+j*P2+k*P3*P2或i2+ceil(i/Q1)+j*P2+k*P3*P2,其中P2为关联到项目1的项目4数目,P3为关联到项目2的项目4数目。其中项目1为寻呼分组,Q1表示共用项目4的项目1数目,SS/PBCH block,PO,随机接入前导,寻呼消息的窗口中的任意一个,项目2可以为寻呼分组,SS/PBCH block,PO,随机接入前导中的任意一个,项目3可以为寻呼分组,SS/PBCH block,PO,随机接入前导中的任意一个,项目4可以为寻呼分组,SS/PBCH block,PO,随机接入前导中的任意一个。In this paper, i0+i*P1~i0+(i+1)*P1-1 is used to indicate the index number of item 1 associated with jth item 2, where i0 can represent the starting index of item 1, when there is When multiple layers are associated, they can be related to multiple items. P1 can indicate the number of items 1, and can also indicate the number of items 1 associated with item 2, or the number of items 2, or the item 1 associated with item 1. The number of items 2, which has another expression, ie i=j0+floor(j/P1) or i=j0+ceil(j/P1) or i=j0+j/P1, the two expressions are the same meaning , where j0 can represent the starting index of item 2, j0 can be related to i0, when P1 is equal to 1, i=j1+j or j=i0+i; can also be expressed as associated with i-th item 1 and j The index of item 3 of item 2 is i1+i+j*P2, which can also be expressed as i1+floor(i/Q1)+j*P2 or i8+ceil(i/P2)+j*P3, and can also express For the item i to item i, the index of item 4 of the jth item 2 and the kth item 3 is i2+i+j*P2+k*P3*P2, which can also be expressed as i2+floor(i/ Q1)+j*P2+k*P3*P2 or i2+ceil(i/Q1)+j*P2+k*P3*P2, where P2 is the item associated with item 1. Number 4, P3 is related to the number of 4 2 project. Where item 1 is a paging packet, Q1 represents the number of items 1 of the shared item 4, SS/PBCH block, PO, random access preamble, any one of the paging message windows, and item 2 can be a paging group, SS/ PBCH block, PO, any of the random access preambles, item 3 may be any one of a paging packet, an SS/PBCH block, a PO, a random access preamble, and item 4 may be a paging packet, SS/PBCH block , PO, any of the random access preambles.
定义g(X,Y)可以表示为X/Y,也可以表示为floor(X/Y),还可以表示为ceil(X/Y)。The definition g(X, Y) can be expressed as X/Y, and can also be expressed as floor(X/Y), and can also be expressed as ceil(X/Y).
应理解,本申请实施例的同步信号块可以包括SS和/或PBCH。SS可以包含PSS,也可以包含SSS也可以同时包含PSS和SSS。It should be understood that the synchronization signal block of the embodiment of the present application may include an SS and/or a PBCH. The SS can contain PSS, can also include SSS or both PSS and SSS.
可选地,该寻呼指示消息可以携带寻呼分组的标识(identity,ID)。每个寻呼分组可以包括多个终端设备,且每个寻呼分组具体包括哪些终端设备可以是终端设备与网络设备预先配置的,也可以是预先约定的。例如寻呼指示消息通过数据比特顺序对应不同的寻呼分组或不同的寻呼分组,例如寻呼指示消息通过数据比特对应不同的寻呼分组或不同的寻呼分组。Optionally, the paging indication message may carry an identity (ID) of the paging packet. Each paging packet may include a plurality of terminal devices, and each paging packet specifically includes which terminal devices may be pre-configured by the terminal device and the network device, or may be pre-agreed. For example, the paging indication message corresponds to different paging packets or different paging packets by data bit order, for example, the paging indication message corresponds to different paging packets or different paging packets by data bits.
可选地,终端设备在接收到的寻呼指示消息不携带寻呼分组的ID的情况下,可以直接执行步骤204。应理解,在下述实施例中可以将执行步骤201,202,205,206的寻呼机制称为“基于反馈的寻呼机制”。Optionally, in a case that the received paging indication message does not carry the ID of the paging packet, the terminal device may directly perform step 204. It should be understood that the paging mechanism performing steps 201, 202, 205, 206 may be referred to as a "feedback based paging mechanism" in the following embodiments.
203,终端设备接收到寻呼指示消息后,检测该终端设备是否在寻呼分组中。203. After receiving the paging indication message, the terminal device detects whether the terminal device is in the paging packet.
在寻呼指示消息携带寻呼分组的ID的情况下,终端设备根据该寻呼分组的ID确定自己是否在组内。In the case where the paging indication message carries the ID of the paging packet, the terminal device determines whether it is within the group based on the ID of the paging packet.
204,终端设备根据该终端设备对应的寻呼时机中接收的寻呼指示消息,确定随机接入时机。204. The terminal device determines a random access opportunity according to the paging indication message received in the paging occasion corresponding to the terminal device.
具体地,寻呼时机中能够接收到的寻呼指示消息与SS/PBCH块对应,SS/PBCH块与随机接入时机周期中的随机接入时机具有映射关系。终端设备根据接收的寻呼指示消息,确定在第一寻呼时机接收到的寻呼指示消息对应的SS/PBCH块,再根据该SS/PBCH块确定随机接入时机周期(Random access channel occasion,RO)中的第一随机接入时机。Specifically, the paging indication message that can be received in the paging occasion corresponds to the SS/PBCH block, and the SS/PBCH block has a mapping relationship with the random access timing in the random access timing period. The terminal device determines, according to the received paging indication message, an SS/PBCH block corresponding to the paging indication message received at the first paging occasion, and then determines a random access channel occasion according to the SS/PBCH block (Random access channel occasion, The first random access opportunity in RO).
需要说明的是,随机接入时机周期可以包括至少一个随机接入时机。在随机接入时机周期中包括多个随机接入时机的情况下,也可以将该随机接入时间周期包括的随机接入时机称为“随机接入时机组”,或“随机接入时机集合”。该第一随机接入时机可以是在任意一个随机接入时机周期相同的位置。It should be noted that the random access opportunity period may include at least one random access opportunity. In the case that multiple random access occasions are included in the random access timing period, the random access occasion included in the random access time period may also be referred to as “random access unit” or “random access opportunity set”. ". The first random access occasion may be at the same position at any random access timing.
应理解,随机接入时机周期可以为随机接入资源关联周期,也可以为随机接入资源配置周期,也可以为随机接入资源关联周期的一部分,也可以为随机接入资源配置周期的一部分。随机接入时机周期资源配置周期。随机接入时机周期可以理解为发送随机接入资源所占的时间数量或者时间宽度;或者发送RO所占的数量。It should be understood that the random access timing period may be a random access resource association period, or may be a random access resource configuration period, or may be part of a random access resource association period, or may be part of a random access resource configuration period. . Random access timing period resource configuration period. The random access timing period can be understood as the amount of time or time width for transmitting random access resources; or the number of ROs.
应理解,本申请实施例中的随机接入时机的周期可以为10ms、20ms、40ms、80ms和160ms中的任意一项。It should be understood that the period of the random access occasion in the embodiment of the present application may be any one of 10ms, 20ms, 40ms, 80ms, and 160ms.
205,终端设备向网络设备发送随机接入前导。205. The terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device.
终端设备在接收到寻呼指示消息之后的任意一个或者多个随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送随机接入前导。The terminal device transmits the random access preamble on the first random access occasion in any one or more random access occasion periods after receiving the paging indication message.
可选地,在步骤203之后,若终端设备不在该寻呼分组中,则该终端设备可以转入休眠状态;若终端设备在该寻呼分组中,则向网络设备发送随机接入前导,随机接入前导可以用于指示终端设备所在的寻呼分组。Optionally, after the step 203, if the terminal device is not in the paging packet, the terminal device may go to a dormant state; if the terminal device is in the paging packet, send a random access preamble to the network device, randomly. The access preamble can be used to indicate the paging packet in which the terminal device is located.
206,网络设备根据随机接入前导向至少一个终端设备发送寻呼消息。206. The network device sends a paging message to the at least one terminal device according to the random access.
具体地,网络设备可以确定每个随机接入前导为哪个终端设备发送的,进而可以向反馈随机接入前导的终端设备发送寻呼消息,且每个寻呼消息携带有终端设备的ID。Specifically, the network device may determine, for each terminal device, each random access preamble is sent, and then may send a paging message to the terminal device that feeds back the random access preamble, and each paging message carries the ID of the terminal device.
可选地,该寻呼消息还可以携带系统更新消息、地震灾害消息、火山灾害消息和海啸灾害消息等灾害预警的消息。Optionally, the paging message may also carry a disaster warning message such as a system update message, an earthquake disaster message, a volcano disaster message, and a tsunami disaster message.
应理解,下述实施例中将执行步骤201-206的反馈机制称为“基于寻呼分组以及反馈的寻呼机制”。It should be understood that the feedback mechanism that performs steps 201-206 in the following embodiments is referred to as a "paging mechanism based on paging packets and feedback."
传统方案中,若采用如图2中的“基于反馈的寻呼机制”和“基于寻呼分组以及反馈的寻呼机制”,终端设备可以在接收到寻呼指示消息之后的任意一个随机接入时机上反馈随机接入前导,在存在不同寻呼时机对应的多个终端设备反馈随机接入前导的情况下,网络设备无法区分某个随机接入前导属于哪个寻呼时机对应的终端设备,这样网络设备无法排除无法寻呼的终端设备,即仍然向每个终端设备发送寻呼消息,造成了信号传输的开销较大。In the conventional scheme, if the "feedback-based paging mechanism" and the "paging mechanism based on paging packets and feedback" are used as shown in FIG. 2, the terminal device may be at any random access timing after receiving the paging indication message. The feedback random access preamble, in the case that multiple terminal devices corresponding to different paging occasions feed back the random access preamble, the network device cannot distinguish which terminal device corresponding to a paging occasion belongs to a random access preamble, such that the network device The terminal device that cannot be paged cannot be excluded, that is, the paging message is still sent to each terminal device, which causes a large overhead of signal transmission.
图4示出了本申请实施例的信号传输的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for signal transmission in an embodiment of the present application.
401,网络设备向多个终端设备发送寻呼指示消息。相应地,终端设备在对应于该终端设备的第一寻呼时机上接收寻呼指示消息。401. The network device sends a paging indication message to multiple terminal devices. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the paging indication message on the first paging occasion corresponding to the terminal device.
具体地,如图3所示,第一寻呼时机包括传输至少一个寻呼指示消息,一个DRX周期内的不同寻呼时机可以用于服务不同的终端设备,网络设备可以在至少一个寻呼时机上向多个终端设备发送一个或多个寻呼指示消息。该多个终端设备中的某一个终端设备在该终端设备对应的寻呼时机上接收寻呼指示消息。下述实施例以该终端设备对应的寻呼时机为第一寻呼时机为例进行说明。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 3, the first paging occasion includes transmitting at least one paging indication message, and different paging occasions in one DRX period may be used to serve different terminal devices, and the network device may be at least one paging occasion. One or more paging indication messages are sent to multiple terminal devices. One of the plurality of terminal devices receives a paging indication message on a paging occasion corresponding to the terminal device. In the following embodiment, the paging occasion corresponding to the terminal device is taken as an example of the first paging occasion.
可选地,本申请实施例中用于传输寻呼指示消息的时频资源位置或传输对应于半帧内所有实际传输或可能传输的SS/PBCH block的所有寻呼指示消息的时间段,或用于传输寻 呼消息的时频资源位置或传输对应于半帧内多个或一个的SS/PBCH block的所有寻呼消息的时间段都可以称为“寻呼时机”。Optionally, the time-frequency resource location for transmitting the paging indication message in the embodiment of the present application or the time period of transmitting all the paging indication messages corresponding to all the actually transmitted or possibly transmitted SS/PBCH blocks in the field, or The time-frequency resource location for transmitting the paging message or the time period for transmitting all paging messages corresponding to multiple or one SS/PBCH block in the field may be referred to as "paging opportunity".
可选地,本申请实施例中用于传输寻呼指示消息的时频资源位置和用于传输寻呼消息的时频资源位置称为“寻呼时机”,且寻呼时机中的第一部分时频资源位置用于传输寻呼指示消息,寻呼时机中的第二部分时频资源位置用于传输寻呼消息,其中,第一部分时频资源位置与第二部分时频资源位置不重叠,该寻呼时机中除该第一部分时频资源和该第二部分时频资源外还可以包括其他时频资源,也就是说,网络设备在同一个寻呼时机上向终端设备发送寻呼指示消息和寻呼消息。Optionally, the time-frequency resource location for transmitting the paging indication message and the time-frequency resource location for transmitting the paging message in the embodiment of the present application are referred to as “paging occasions”, and the first part of the paging occasion is The frequency resource location is used to transmit a paging indication message, and the second part of the time-frequency resource location in the paging occasion is used to transmit a paging message, where the first partial time-frequency resource location does not overlap with the second partial time-frequency resource location, The paging occasion may include other time-frequency resources in addition to the first part of the time-frequency resource and the second part of the time-frequency resource, that is, the network device sends the paging indication message to the terminal device at the same paging occasion. Paging message.
应理解,本申请实施例的寻呼指示消息或寻呼消息的时频资源位置可以对应多个或一个SS/PBCH block,也可以对应半帧内的所有SS/PBCH block。It should be understood that the time-frequency resource location of the paging indication message or the paging message in the embodiment of the present application may correspond to multiple or one SS/PBCH block, and may also correspond to all SS/PBCH blocks in the field.
可选地,本申请实施例中的发送寻呼指示消息的寻呼时机和发送寻呼消息的寻呼时机还可以是处于不同的DRX周期中对应于该终端设备的寻呼时机。Optionally, the paging occasion for sending the paging indication message and the paging occasion for sending the paging message in the embodiment of the present application may also be paging occasions corresponding to the terminal device in different DRX periods.
应理解,网络设备通过不同时间单元发送的寻呼指示消息可以相同,也可以不同。It should be understood that the paging indication messages sent by the network device through different time units may be the same or different.
还应理解,每个寻呼时机对应的终端设备可以包括一个或多个。It should also be understood that the terminal device corresponding to each paging occasion may include one or more.
还应理解,每个寻呼时机包括至少一个时间单元,时间单元可以是帧、子帧、时隙或迷你时隙,本申请对此不进行限定。It should also be understood that each paging occasion includes at least one time unit, which may be a frame, a subframe, a time slot or a mini time slot, which is not limited in this application.
402,终端设备根据第一映射关系和第一寻呼时机,确定第一随机接入时机周期,该第一映射关系为至少一个寻呼时机和至少一个随机接入时机周期的映射关系。402. The terminal device determines, according to the first mapping relationship and the first paging occasion, a first random access timing period, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period.
可选地,该第一映射关系可以包括至少一个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入时机周期一一对应的映射关系。即网络设备或终端设备根据任一个寻呼时机都可以确定对应或唯一的随机接入时机周期。Optionally, the first mapping relationship may include a mapping relationship between the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access opportunity period. That is, the network device or the terminal device can determine a corresponding or unique random access timing period according to any paging occasion.
例如,如图5所示,寻呼时机PO1对应随机接入时机周期2,寻呼时机PO2对应随机接入时机周期3。本申请实施例中,随机接入时机周期可以是ROS1的起始位置到ROS2的起始位置,该随接入时机周期内包括的RO即为ROS1内包括的RO,因此本申请实施例对“随机接入时机周期”与“随机接入时机集合(ROS)”可以不进行区分。For example, as shown in FIG. 5, the paging occasion PO1 corresponds to the random access timing period 2, and the paging occasion PO2 corresponds to the random access timing period 3. In the embodiment of the present application, the random access timing period may be the start position of the ROS1 to the start position of the ROS2, and the RO included in the access timing period is the RO included in the ROS1, and therefore the embodiment of the present application is The random access timing period and the Random Access Opportunity Set (ROS) may not be distinguished.
应理解,该第一映射关系中的至少一个寻呼时机的数目可以是一个DRX周期包括的全部寻呼时机的数目。It should be understood that the number of at least one paging occasion in the first mapping relationship may be the number of all paging occasions included in one DRX cycle.
可选地,该第一映射关系可以包括至少一个随机接入时机周期中的每个随机接入时机周期与该至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系。也就是说,一个或多个寻呼时机可以对应同一个随机接入时机周期,网络设备或终端设备可以根据任一个寻呼时机确定出对应的一个随机接入时机周期。一个或多个寻呼时机可以是一个随机接入时机周期内的寻呼时机,也可以是多个随机接入时间周期内的寻呼时机。Optionally, the first mapping relationship may include a mapping relationship between each random access opportunity period in the at least one random access opportunity period and the at least one paging occasion. That is to say, one or more paging occasions may correspond to the same random access timing period, and the network device or the terminal device may determine a corresponding random access timing period according to any paging occasion. The one or more paging occasions may be a paging occasion within a random access timing period, or may be a paging occasion within a plurality of random access time periods.
可选地,该第一映射关系可以是网络设备与终端设备预先约定或按照标准定义的,或者是网络设备预先发送的,本申请对此不进行限定。Optionally, the first mapping relationship may be pre-assigned by the network device and the terminal device, or defined by a standard, or sent by the network device in advance, which is not limited in this application.
可选地,该第一映射关系可以包括至少一个寻呼时机中的每个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入时机周期的映射关系。也就是说,一个寻呼时机可以对应一个或多个随机接入时机周期。Optionally, the first mapping relationship may include a mapping relationship between each paging occasion in at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period. That is to say, one paging occasion can correspond to one or more random access timing periods.
具体地,一个寻呼时机对应多个随机接入时机周期,则不同的随机接入时机周期还可以用于区分不同的SS/PBCH块或不同的寻呼分组。Specifically, a paging occasion corresponds to multiple random access timing periods, and different random access timing periods may also be used to distinguish different SS/PBCH blocks or different paging packets.
可选地,网络设备可以在步骤402之前,例如,在步骤401和步骤403之间,或者步骤401之前,向终端设备发送第二配置信息,该第二配置信息可以携带该第一映射关系。Optionally, the network device may send the second configuration information to the terminal device before the step 402, for example, between the step 401 and the step 403, or before the step 401, where the second configuration information may carry the first mapping relationship.
在一个实施例中,若第一映射关系中的寻呼时机与随机接入时机周期一一对应,则该第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期可以是该第二寻呼时机所在的随机接入时机周期之后的第K个随机接入时机周期,其中K可以是任意的正整数。例如当相邻两个寻呼时机与随机接入时机周期相同的时候,寻呼时机与随机接入时机周期一一对应。In an embodiment, if the paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is in one-to-one correspondence with the random access timing period, the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship may be the first The Kth random access timing period after the random access opportunity period in which the paging occasion is located, where K may be any positive integer. For example, when two adjacent paging occasions are the same as the random access timing period, the paging timing corresponds to the random access timing period.
具体地,第二寻呼时机可以是第一映射关系中包括的任意一个寻呼时机,该第二寻呼时机可以与第一寻呼时机是同一个寻呼时机。也就是说,该第一映射关系中的每个寻呼时机都具有该第二寻呼时机对应的特征,为方便描述,下述以第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机为例进行说明,本申请对此不进行限定。Specifically, the second paging occasion may be any paging occasion included in the first mapping relationship, and the second paging occasion may be the same paging occasion as the first paging occasion. That is, each paging occasion in the first mapping relationship has a feature corresponding to the second paging occasion. For convenience of description, the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is taken as an example for description. This application does not limit this.
该第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期可以是该第二寻呼时机所在的随机接入时机周期之后的任一个随机接入时机周期。具体地,该第一映射关系中第二寻呼时机对应该第二寻呼时机之后的第K个随机接入时机周期,K的取值可以是网络设备与终端设备预先约定好的(例如K的取值为0,1,2中的任意一个值),也可以是通过该第二配置信息的配置动态更改,在通过第二配置信息配置的情况下,K的取值可以是0-16中的至少一个值。其中,K=0表示第二寻呼时机对应于第二寻呼时机所在的随机接入时机周期。所述的对应可以是关联,也可以是映射,还可以是确定,意思为该寻呼时机的被寻呼终端在对应的随机接入时机周期上的随机接入时机发送随机接入前导,请求或触发寻呼消息。The random access occasion period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship may be any random access timing period after the random access timing period in which the second paging occasion is located. Specifically, the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship corresponds to the Kth random access timing period after the second paging occasion, and the value of K may be pre-agreed by the network device and the terminal device (for example, K The value of the value of 0, 1, or 2) may be dynamically changed by the configuration of the second configuration information. In the case of configuration by the second configuration information, the value of K may be 0-16. At least one value in . Where K=0 indicates that the second paging occasion corresponds to the random access timing period in which the second paging occasion is located. The corresponding correspondence may be an association, a mapping, or a determination, that is, the paging terminal of the paging occasion sends a random access preamble at a random access occasion on a corresponding random access timing period, requesting Or trigger a paging message.
例如,以PO1为第二寻呼时机为例进行说明,如图5所示,PO1对应的ROS2为PO1所在的ROS1之后的第2个随机接入时机周期。For example, taking PO1 as the second paging occasion as an example, as shown in FIG. 5, ROS2 corresponding to PO1 is the second random access timing period after ROS1 where PO1 is located.
可选地,若多个寻呼时机对应同一个随机接入时机周期,则该随机接入时机周期可以是该多个寻呼时机中的其中一个(例如最后一个或第一个)寻呼时机所在的随机接入时机周期后的第K个随机接入时机周期。Optionally, if multiple paging occasions correspond to the same random access timing period, the random access timing period may be one of the multiple paging occasions (eg, the last or first) paging occasion. The Kth random access opportunity period after the random access opportunity period.
需要说明的是,K的取值可以同上述实施例中K的取值相同,为避免重复,在此不进行赘述。It should be noted that the value of K may be the same as the value of K in the foregoing embodiment. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein.
在另一个实施例中,若第一映射关系中的寻呼时机与随机接入时机一一对应,则该第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期可以是该第二寻呼时机之后的预设时间阈值之后的第L个随机接入时机周期,L为大于或等于0的整数。In another embodiment, if the paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is in one-to-one correspondence with the random access occasion, the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship may be the first The Lth random access timing period after the preset time threshold after the second paging occasion, L is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
具体地,该预设时间阈值可以是以时隙、ms、子帧、帧、符号或采样间隔为单位的时间段等,本申请对此不进行限定。例如,该预设时间阈值可以是1个时隙、2个时隙、3-640个时隙中的任意一个取值,或者该预设时间阈值为1ms、2ms、3-80ms中的任意一个取值,或者该预设时间阈值为1个子帧,2个子帧,3-40个子帧中的任意一个取值,或者该预设时间阈值为0.5个帧,1个帧,1.5个帧-8.5个帧中的任意一个取值,或者该预设时间阈值为1个符号,2个符号,3-1024个符号中的任意一个取值,或者该预设时间阈值为1个采样间隔、2个采样间隔,3-2048个采样间隔中的任意一个取值。该时间阈值可以与寻呼时机的时间间隔相关,也可以与随机接入周期的大小相关,还可以与寻呼时机的持续时间相关,或与随机接入周期的持续时间相关。寻呼时机间隔可以是相邻的寻呼时机间隔,也可 以是不相邻的寻呼时机间隔。该时间阈值可以是寻呼时机间隔的倍数,也可以是随机接入周期大小的倍数。Specifically, the preset time threshold may be a time period, such as a time slot, an ms, a subframe, a frame, a symbol, or a sampling interval, which is not limited in this application. For example, the preset time threshold may be any one of 1 slot, 2 slots, and 3-640 slots, or the preset time threshold is any one of 1 ms, 2 ms, and 3-80 ms. Value, or the preset time threshold is 1 subframe, 2 subframes, or any of 3-40 subframes, or the preset time threshold is 0.5 frames, 1 frame, 1.5 frames -8.5 Any one of the frames takes a value, or the preset time threshold is 1 symbol, 2 symbols, any one of 3-1024 symbols, or the preset time threshold is 1 sampling interval, 2 The sampling interval, any one of 3-2048 sampling intervals. The time threshold may be related to the time interval of the paging occasion, may be related to the size of the random access period, may be related to the duration of the paging occasion, or may be related to the duration of the random access period. The paging occasion interval may be an adjacent paging occasion interval or a non-adjacent paging occasion interval. The time threshold may be a multiple of the paging opportunity interval or a multiple of the random access period size.
例如,如图6所示,PO1可以对应于PO1之后的时间阈值t之后的第一个ROS,即ROS2。For example, as shown in FIG. 6, PO1 may correspond to the first ROS after the time threshold t after PO1, that is, ROS2.
应理解,该第二寻呼时机之后可以是从第二寻呼时机的起始位置算起,也可以是从第二寻呼时机的结束位置算起,或者还可以是从该第二寻呼时机中接收寻呼指示消息的时隙起始位置算起,本申请对此不进行限定。It should be understood that the second paging occasion may be calculated from the starting position of the second paging occasion, or may be from the ending position of the second paging occasion, or may also be from the second paging. The time slot starting position of the paging indication message is received in the timing, which is not limited in this application.
需要说明的是,L的取值可以同上述实施例中K的取值相同,为避免重复,在此不进行赘述。可选地,L的取值还可以根据DRX的周期,相邻寻呼时机的时间间隔,SS/PBCH块的周期以及子载波间隔中的任一项确定。It should be noted that the value of L may be the same as the value of K in the foregoing embodiment. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein. Optionally, the value of L may also be determined according to a period of the DRX, a time interval of the adjacent paging occasion, a period of the SS/PBCH block, and a subcarrier interval.
可选地,该预设时间阈值t的具体取值可以是根据随机接入时机周期T、相邻寻呼时机的时间间隔、SS/PBCH块的周期T中的任意一项确定的。例如,若子载波间隔为u,则t=2 uOptionally, the specific value of the preset time threshold t may be determined according to any one of a random access timing period T, a time interval of an adjacent paging occasion, and a period T of the SS/PBCH block. For example, if the subcarrier spacing is u, then t=2 u .
具体地,t的取值可以是随机接入时机周期T,也可以是T的倍数,例如,t=2T,3T或4T。Specifically, the value of t may be a random access timing period T, or may be a multiple of T, for example, t=2T, 3T or 4T.
可选地,若第一映射关系中的寻呼时机与随机接入时机周期一一对应,则该第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机与该第二寻呼时机之后的第N个寻呼时机之间的多个随机接入时机周期中的第Q个随机接入时机周期。Optionally, if the paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is in one-to-one correspondence with the random access timing period, the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the second paging The Qth random access timing period in a plurality of random access timing periods between the timing and the Nth paging occasion after the second paging occasion.
具体地,在第二寻呼时机与该第二寻呼时机之后的第N个寻呼时机之间存在多个随机接入时机周期的情况下,该第二寻呼时机可以对应于该多个随机接入时机周期中的第一个随机接入时机周期,也可以对应于该多个随机接入时机周期中的第二个随机接入时机周期,或者可以对应于第Q个随机接入时机周期,还可以对应于最后一个随机接入时机周期。其中,N为1时,即该多个随机接入时机周期为第二寻呼时机与相邻的下一个寻呼时机之间的随机接入时机周期。例如相邻的寻呼时机的时间间隔大于随机接入时机周期的时候,该第二寻呼时机可以对应于多个随机接入时机周期中的第一个随机接入时机周期,也可以对应于多个随机接入时机周期中的第二个随机接入时机周期,或者可以对应于第Q个随机接入时机周期,还可以对应于最后一个随机接入时机周期,还可以对应多个随机接入时机周期中的多个随机接入周期。所述的一个或多个随机接入时机周期可以是该寻呼时机的时间间隔之后的第k个时间间隔内的一个或多个随机接入时机周期。K的值为0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16中的任意一个值。多个随机接入时机周期可以为M个随机接入时机周期。Specifically, in a case where there are multiple random access timing periods between the second paging occasion and the Nth paging occasion after the second paging occasion, the second paging occasion may correspond to the multiple The first random access timing period in the random access timing period may also correspond to the second random access timing period of the multiple random access timing periods, or may correspond to the Qth random access opportunity The period may also correspond to the last random access opportunity period. Wherein, when N is 1, the multiple random access timing period is a random access timing period between the second paging occasion and the adjacent next paging occasion. For example, when the time interval of the adjacent paging occasion is greater than the random access timing period, the second paging occasion may correspond to the first random access timing period of the multiple random access timing periods, or may correspond to The second random access timing period of the multiple random access timing periods may correspond to the Qth random access timing period, may also correspond to the last random access timing period, and may also correspond to multiple random access Multiple random access periods into the timing cycle. The one or more random access opportunity periods may be one or more random access timing periods within a kth time interval after the time interval of the paging occasion. The value of K is any one of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16. The multiple random access timing periods may be M random access timing periods.
需要说明的是,Q的取值小于或等于该第二寻呼时机与第N个寻呼时机之间的随机接入时机周期的数目。It should be noted that the value of Q is less than or equal to the number of random access timing periods between the second paging occasion and the Nth paging occasion.
例如,若N取1,Q取4,如图7所示,则PO1对应于为PO1与PO2之间的4个ROS中的ROS5。For example, if N is 1 and Q is 4, as shown in FIG. 7, PO1 corresponds to ROS5 among the 4 ROS between PO1 and PO2.
可选地,若第一映射关系中的寻呼时机与随机接入时机周期一一对应,则该第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机可以对应于第K1个时间间隔中的第N个随机接入时机周期。Optionally, if the paging occasion in the first mapping relationship corresponds to the random access opportunity period, the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship may correspond to the Nth in the K1 time interval. Random access timing.
具体地,第二寻呼时机与下一个寻呼时机(例如称为第三寻呼时机)之间的时间间隔可以称为当前时间间隔,即K1=0,该第三寻呼时机与下一个寻呼时机(例如,称为第四 寻呼时机)之间的时间间隔可以称为第二个时间间隔。该第二寻呼时机可以对应于第K1个时间间隔中多个随机接入时机周期中的第一个随机接入时机周期,或者对应于第K1个时间间隔中的第二个随机接入时机周期,或者对应于第K1个时间间隔中的最后一个随机接入时机周期。不同的寻呼时机的时间间隔也可以称为寻呼时机的周期。Specifically, the time interval between the second paging occasion and the next paging occasion (for example, referred to as a third paging occasion) may be referred to as a current time interval, that is, K1=0, the third paging occasion and the next The time interval between paging occasions (eg, referred to as a fourth paging occasion) may be referred to as a second time interval. The second paging occasion may correspond to a first random access timing period of the plurality of random access timing periods in the K1 time interval, or a second random access timing corresponding to the K1 time interval. The period, or corresponds to the last random access opportunity period in the K1 time interval. The time interval of different paging occasions may also be referred to as the paging occasion period.
可选地,若第一映射关系中的寻呼时机与随机接入时机周期一一对应,则该第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机可以对应于第K1个时间间隔中的第N个随机接入时机周期。Optionally, if the paging occasion in the first mapping relationship corresponds to the random access opportunity period, the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship may correspond to the Nth in the K1 time interval. Random access timing.
具体地,第二寻呼时机与下一个或多个寻呼时机(例如称为第三寻呼时机)之间的时间间隔可以称为当前时间间隔,即K1=0,该第三寻呼时机与下一个或多个寻呼时机(例如,称为第四寻呼时机)之间的时间间隔可以称为第二个时间间隔,K1=2。该第二寻呼时机可以对应于其之后的第K1个时间间隔中多个随机接入时机周期中的第一个随机接入时机周期,或者对应于第K1个时间间隔中的第二个随机接入时机周期,或者对应于第K1个时间间隔中的最后一个随机接入时机周期。不同的寻呼时机的时间间隔也可以称为寻呼时机的周期,K1的取值可以为1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16中的任意一个或多个。这里的对应是指该寻呼时机的终端设备在对应的随机接入周期内的随机接入时机上发送随机接入前导。Specifically, the time interval between the second paging occasion and the next paging occasion (for example, referred to as a third paging occasion) may be referred to as a current time interval, that is, K1=0, and the third paging occasion The time interval between the next one or more paging occasions (eg, referred to as the fourth paging occasion) may be referred to as a second time interval, K1=2. The second paging occasion may correspond to a first random access timing period of the plurality of random access timing periods in the K1th time interval thereafter, or a second random number corresponding to the K1 time interval The access timing period, or corresponds to the last random access opportunity period in the K1 time interval. The time interval of different paging occasions may also be referred to as the paging occasion period, and the value of K1 may be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, Any one or more of 14, 15, 16. The correspondence here refers to that the terminal device of the paging occasion sends a random access preamble on a random access occasion within a corresponding random access period.
可选地,一段时间t1内的寻呼时机可以关联到一段时间t2内的随机接入周期内一个或多个随机接入周期。例如t1可以等于t2。例如t1为160ms,t2为160ms。t1内的寻呼时机可以关联到它之后的第K2个t2时间段的随机接入周期。Optionally, the paging occasion within a period of time t1 may be associated with one or more random access periods within a random access period within a period of time t2. For example, t1 can be equal to t2. For example, t1 is 160ms and t2 is 160ms. The paging occasion in t1 can be associated with the random access period of the K2th t2 period after it.
需要说明的是,该N的取值也可以同上述实施例中N的取值相同,为避免重复,在此不进行赘述。It should be noted that the value of the N may be the same as the value of N in the foregoing embodiment. To avoid repetition, details are not described herein.
可选地,第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机可以对应于该第二寻呼时机之后的第J个寻呼时机之后的第P个随机接入时机周期,其中,J,P为正整数或0,或第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机可以对应于该第二寻呼时机之后的第P个随机接入时机周期。Optionally, the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship may correspond to the Pth random access timing period after the Jth paging occasion after the second paging occasion, where J, P are positive The integer or 0, or the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship may correspond to the Pth random access opportunity period after the second paging occasion.
例如,如图8所示,PO1对应于该PO1之后的第一个PO(即PO2)的第一个随机接入时机周期(即ROS6)。For example, as shown in FIG. 8, PO1 corresponds to the first random access timing period (ie, ROS6) of the first PO (ie, PO2) after the PO1.
可选地,该第二寻呼时机可以对应于该第二寻呼时机与该第二寻呼时机之后的第I个寻呼时机之间的多个随机接入时机周期中的M个随机接入时机周期,或第二寻呼时机可以对应于该第二寻呼时机时间间隔之后的第I个寻呼时机间隔之后的前M个随机接入时机周期,或第二寻呼时机可以对应于该第二寻呼时机之后的第I个寻呼时机间隔之后的前M个随机接入时机周期。Optionally, the second paging occasion may correspond to M random connections in multiple random access timing periods between the second paging occasion and the first paging occasion after the second paging occasion. The incoming timing period, or the second paging occasion may correspond to the first M random access timing periods after the first paging occasion interval after the second paging occasion interval, or the second paging occasion may correspond to The first M random access timing periods after the first paging occasion interval after the second paging occasion.
寻呼时机的时间间隔可以为该寻呼时机与下一个相邻的寻呼时机的时间间隔,也可以为该寻呼时机与该寻呼时机之后的第M2个寻呼时机之间的时间间隔,其中M2可以为1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,20,24,28,32,36,40,44,48,52,56,60,64中的任意一个或多个值。M的取值可以与一个RO关联的SS/PBCH block数目有关,例如是一个RO关联的SS/PBCH block数目的倍数,可以是一倍,可以是相同,也可以是两倍,也可以是四倍,还可以是三倍,也可以是1/2,也可以是1/3,也可以是1/4。I的取值可以为1,可以为2,可以为0,也可以为3,也可以为4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16中的任意一个或多个值。The time interval of the paging occasion may be the time interval between the paging occasion and the next adjacent paging occasion, or may be the time interval between the paging occasion and the M2 paging occasion after the paging occasion. Where M2 can be 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,20,24,28,32,36,40,44 Any one or more of 48, 52, 56, 60, 64. The value of M may be related to the number of SS/PBCH blocks associated with an RO. For example, it may be a multiple of the number of SS/PBCH blocks associated with one RO, which may be doubled, may be the same, may be twice, or may be four. It can be three times, it can be 1/2, it can be 1/3, or it can be 1/4. The value of I can be 1, can be 2, can be 0, can be 3, or can be 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 Any one or more values.
第二寻呼时机也可以对应与第二寻呼时机时间阈值T2ms之后的第M3个随机接入周期或者第二寻呼时机之后第I2个寻呼时机之后的第M3个随机接入周期,其中I2或T2 的值可以为0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16中的一个或多个值。M3的值可以为0,1,2,3,4或最后一个。The second paging occasion may also correspond to the M3 random access period after the second paging occasion time threshold T2ms or the M3 random access period after the 12th paging occasion after the second paging occasion, where The value of I2 or T2 can be one or more of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16. The value of M3 can be 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or the last one.
例如,如图7所示,PO1可以对应于PO1与PO1之后的第一个PO(即PO2)之间的多个随机接入时机周期中的3个随机接入时机周期(即ROS3、ROS4和ROS5),例如,PO1可以对应于PO1的寻呼时机间隔之后的第一个PO寻呼时机间隔内的多个随机接入时机周期中的多个随机接入时机周期。For example, as shown in FIG. 7, PO1 may correspond to three random access timing periods (ie, ROS3, ROS4, and VR3) in a plurality of random access timing periods between PO1 and the first PO (ie, PO2) after PO1. ROS5), for example, PO1 may correspond to a plurality of random access timing periods in a plurality of random access timing intervals within a first PO paging occasion interval after a paging occasion interval of PO1.
可选地,该M的取值可以根据第二寻呼时机与第I个寻呼时机之间的时间间隔内随机接入时机周期的数目Q1确定。例如,M的取值可以是小于或等于Q1的任意一个值。Optionally, the value of the M may be determined according to the number Q1 of random access timing periods in the time interval between the second paging occasion and the first paging occasion. For example, the value of M can be any value less than or equal to Q1.
可选地,该M的取值可以根据随机接入时机周期对应的SS/PBCH块的数目Q2确定或该随机接入时机对应的SS/PBCH块的数目Q3确定,例如,M=nQ3,n可以是任意一个正数,例如,1,2,1/2。Optionally, the value of the M may be determined according to the number of SS/PBCH blocks corresponding to the random access opportunity period, Q2, or the number of SS/PBCH blocks corresponding to the random access occasion, Q3, for example, M=nQ3, n It can be any positive number, for example, 1, 2, 1/2.
可选地,寻呼指示消息中可以携带寻呼分组的ID,若该终端设备不属于该寻呼分组的ID对应的寻呼分组包括的终端设备,则该终端设备可以进入休眠状态。若该终端设备属于该寻呼分组的ID对应的寻呼分组包括的终端设备,则该终端设备可以向网络设备反馈随机接入前导。Optionally, the paging indicator message may carry the ID of the paging packet, and if the terminal device does not belong to the terminal device included in the paging packet corresponding to the ID of the paging packet, the terminal device may enter a sleep state. If the terminal device belongs to the terminal device included in the paging packet corresponding to the ID of the paging packet, the terminal device may feed back the random access preamble to the network device.
可选地,该M的取值可以根据第二寻呼时机对应的寻呼分组数目确定。Optionally, the value of the M may be determined according to the number of paging packets corresponding to the second paging occasion.
具体地,网络设备可以在第二寻呼时机上与多个终端设备进行通信,该多个终端设备可以是被划分为至少两个寻呼分组内。M的取值可以是能够与网络设备在第二寻呼时机上进行通信的所有终端设备所属的寻呼分组的数目,或者是该寻呼分组的数目的倍数(例如,整数倍,分数倍)。Specifically, the network device can communicate with a plurality of terminal devices at a second paging occasion, and the plurality of terminal devices can be divided into at least two paging packets. The value of M may be the number of paging packets to which all terminal devices capable of communicating with the network device at the second paging occasion belong, or a multiple of the number of the paging packets (eg, integer multiple, fraction times ).
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,寻呼分组是将一个区域包括的多个终端设备或者一个寻呼时机对应的多个终端设备按照一定的规则进行分组。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the paging packet is grouped according to a certain rule by using multiple terminal devices included in one area or multiple terminal devices corresponding to one paging occasion.
应理解,不同寻呼分组中的终端设备的数目可以相同,也可以不同。It should be understood that the number of terminal devices in different paging packets may be the same or different.
还应理解,该“寻呼分组”还可以称为“终端分组”,本申请将多个终端设备划分为不同的分组的每个分组的名称不进行限定。It should also be understood that the "paging packet" may also be referred to as a "terminal packet", and the name of each packet in which the present application divides a plurality of terminal devices into different packets is not limited.
可选地,在M的取值是根据第二寻呼时机对应的寻呼分组数目确定的情况下,第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为当前寻呼时机或当前寻呼时机时间间隔之后的第K1个时间间隔中的随机接入时机周期,其中K1的取值可以是0-40中的任意一个值。Optionally, if the value of M is determined according to the number of paging packets corresponding to the second paging occasion, the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion is the current paging occasion or the current paging occasion time. The random access timing period in the K1th time interval after the interval, wherein the value of K1 may be any one of 0-40.
可选地,终端设备根据第五映射关系、第六映射关系和接收到寻呼指示消息,确定第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机,该第五映射关系为寻呼时机中接收的寻呼指示消息与至少一个SS block/PBCH块的映射关系,第六映射关系为至少一个SS block/PBCH块与至少一个随机接入时机的映射关系。Optionally, the terminal device determines, according to the fifth mapping relationship, the sixth mapping relationship, and the received paging indication message, the first random access occasion in the first random access timing period, where the fifth mapping relationship is a paging occasion And a mapping relationship between the received paging indicator message and the at least one SS block/PBCH block, where the sixth mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one SS block/PBCH block and the at least one random access occasion.
具体地,第五映射关系可以为多个寻呼时机中每个寻呼时机中的接收到的寻呼指示消息与SS block/PBCH块的映射关系,或者该第五映射关系为该终端设备对应的第一寻呼时机中接收的寻呼指示消息与SS block/PBCH块的映射关系。终端设备根据接收到寻呼指示消息和第五映射关系确定对应的SS block/PBCH块,并根据确定的SS block/PBCH块与第六映射关系确定第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机。Specifically, the fifth mapping relationship may be a mapping relationship between the received paging indication message and the SS block/PBCH block in each paging occasion of the multiple paging occasions, or the fifth mapping relationship is corresponding to the terminal device. The mapping relationship between the paging indication message received in the first paging occasion and the SS block/PBCH block. Determining, by the terminal device, the corresponding SS block/PBCH block according to the received paging indication message and the fifth mapping relationship, and determining, according to the determined SS block/PBCH block and the sixth mapping relationship, the first random number in the first random access timing period Access timing.
应理解,本申请实施例中SS block/PBCH块与随机接入时机的映射关系可以是在SS block/PBCH传输SS信号采用的波束与在随机接入时机上传输信号的采用的波束相同。It should be understood that the mapping relationship between the SS block/PBCH block and the random access occasion in the embodiment of the present application may be that the beam used in the SS block/PBCH transmission SS signal is the same as the beam used to transmit the signal on the random access occasion.
可选地,该第五映射关系和第六映射关系可以是网络设备与终端设备预先约定或按照标准定义的,或者是网络设备预先发送的,本申请对此不进行限定。Optionally, the fifth mapping relationship and the sixth mapping relationship may be pre-agreed by the network device and the terminal device or defined by the standard, or sent by the network device in advance, which is not limited in this application.
可选地,该第一配置信息可以承载在物理广播信道(Physical Broadcast Channel,PBCH)、剩余最小系统信息(remaining minimum system information,RMSI)、系统信息块(System Information Block,SIB)1、SIB2、媒体接入控制控制元素(Media Access control-control element,MAC-CE)、下行控制信息(Down link control information,DCI)、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)以及系统信息3-20中的任意一项中。Optionally, the first configuration information may be carried in a Physical Broadcast Channel (PBCH), a remaining minimum system information (RMSI), a System Information Block (SIB) 1, and an SIB2. Any of Media Access Control-control element (MAC-CE), Downlink Control Information (DCI), Radio Resource Control (RRC), and System Information 3-20 One item.
具体地,SIB1可以携带寻呼消息的第一配置信息,也可以携带发送随机接入前导的第一配置信息,SIB1信息也可以称为RMSI信息。SIB1的发送是使用连续的小时间段发送的,每个连续的时间段可以与一个SS/PBCH block进行关联。一个或者多个时间段组成了SIB1发送的时间窗。Specifically, the SIB1 may carry the first configuration information of the paging message, and may also carry the first configuration information that sends the random access preamble, and the SIB1 information may also be referred to as the RMSI information. The SIB1 transmission is sent using a continuous small time period, and each successive time period can be associated with one SS/PBCH block. One or more time periods constitute the time window for SIB1 transmission.
为了将SIB1消息与其他系统消息进行区分可以采用两种方法,第一种方式是SIB1的RNTI与其他消息的RNTI不相同,可以单独定义SIB1的RNTI为SIB1-RNTI,该RNTI可以对SIB1的控制资源的PDCCH的CRC进行加扰,其他系统消息的RNTI可以为SI-RNTI,也可以为OSI-RNTI,也可以是对应各个系统消息相应的RNTI。这样网络设备在SIB1的时间窗内也可以发送其他系统消息,SIB1的系统消息与其他系统消息的区分使用不同的RNTI进行区分。当基站在SIB1的消息窗内检测其他系统消息时,可以使用RNTI进行区分。另外一种是使用不同的时间进行区分,在RMSI的发送的时间窗内不发送其他系统信息。每一个系统信息都有自己的时间窗,该时间窗用来发送相应的系统信息。为了区分SIB1信息和其他系统信息,SIB1的时间窗可以与其他信息不重叠,而且SIB1的时间窗可以与其他系统消息的时间窗在时间上连续放置。SIB1的时间窗是在第一个时间窗的位置,该位置为各个系统消息的时间窗放置的起始位置。In order to distinguish the SIB1 message from other system messages, the RNTI of the SIB1 is different from the RNTI of the other messages. The RNTI of the SIB1 can be separately defined as the SIB1-RNTI, and the RNTI can control the SIB1. The CRC of the PDCCH of the resource is scrambled, and the RNTI of other system messages may be an SI-RNTI, an OSI-RNTI, or an RNTI corresponding to each system message. In this way, the network device can also send other system messages in the time window of the SIB1, and the system message of the SIB1 is distinguished from other system messages by using different RNTIs. When the base station detects other system messages in the message window of SIB1, the RNTI can be used for distinguishing. The other is to use different time to distinguish, do not send other system information within the time window of RMSI transmission. Each system message has its own time window, which is used to send the corresponding system information. In order to distinguish between SIB1 information and other system information, the time window of SIB1 may not overlap with other information, and the time window of SIB1 may be continuously placed in time with the time window of other system messages. The time window of SIB1 is the position of the first time window, which is the starting position of the time window placement of each system message.
当SIB1内容比较多的时候,可以将SIB1分为多个传输块进行传输,多个传输块可以在SIB1周期内不同的时间上传输,SIB1的DCI或者SIB1的数据信息当中可以携带指示信息,指示SIB1的传输块数目,例如可以指示SIB1的传输块数目为1个或者两个,可以采用1bit进行指示,也可以复用其他数据比特进行指示。还可以指示SIB1的传输块数目是一个还是多个,例如采用1bit进行指示,还可以复用其他数据进行传输。SIB1的多个传输块的指示可以在第一个传输块的数据信息或者DCI中指示,也可以在全部的传输块的数据信息或者DCI中携带该信息,也可以在部分的数据块的数据信息或者DCI中携带该信息,也可以通过RV版本携带该信息,或DMRS携带该信息。这些传输块可以在不同的频率上发送,也可以在不同的时间上发送。SIB1的多个传输块可以在一个时隙中发送,也可以在多个时隙中发送,例如两个时隙中发送;也可以在一个控制资源的监督时机中发送,还可以在多个控制资源的监督时机中发送,例如两个控制资源的监督时机中发送;也可以在不同的周期中发送,例如在相邻的2个周期中发送,或者在相邻的3个周期中发送,或在相邻的4个周期中发送。每个传输块可以有单独的控制资源信息,也可以共用控制资源信息。When the content of the SIB1 is relatively large, the SIB1 may be divided into multiple transport blocks for transmission, and multiple transport blocks may be transmitted at different times in the SIB1 period. The data information of the DCI or SIB1 of the SIB1 may carry indication information, indicating The number of transport blocks of the SIB1, for example, may indicate that the number of transport blocks of the SIB1 is one or two, and may be indicated by using 1 bit, or may be multiplexed with other data bits for indication. It is also possible to indicate whether the number of transmission blocks of the SIB1 is one or more, for example, using 1 bit for indication, and other data can be multiplexed for transmission. The indication of multiple transport blocks of the SIB1 may be indicated in the data information or DCI of the first transport block, or may be carried in the data information or DCI of all transport blocks, or may be carried in the data information of the partial data block. Or the information carried in the DCI may also be carried in the RV version, or the DMRS carries the information. These transport blocks can be sent on different frequencies or at different times. Multiple transport blocks of SIB1 may be sent in one time slot, or may be sent in multiple time slots, for example, in two time slots; may also be sent in a supervisory timing of control resources, or may be in multiple control The monitoring time of the resource is sent, for example, the monitoring time of two control resources is sent; or may be sent in different periods, for example, in two adjacent periods, or in three adjacent periods, or Sent in the next 4 cycles. Each transport block may have separate control resource information or may share control resource information.
可选地,该第二配置信息还可以携带DRX周期,DRX周期内寻呼帧的数目,寻呼帧内寻呼时机的数目,寻呼时机的时间间隔以及用于接收寻呼指示消息的起始位置。Optionally, the second configuration information may further carry a DRX cycle, a number of paging frames in the DRX cycle, a number of paging occasions in the paging frame, a paging interval, and a message for receiving the paging indication message. Starting position.
具体地,寻呼时机的时间间隔可以是以帧为单位,也可以是以时隙为单位,本申请对 此不进行限定。例如,寻呼时机的时间间隔可以是1个帧,2个帧,4个帧或8个帧等,也可以是1个时隙,2个时隙,3个时隙或4个时隙等。寻呼时机的周期可以是多个寻呼时机按照在时间上等间距或不等间距的时域位置分配之后以相同的模式重复定义为寻呼时机的周期,例如一个寻呼帧内的4个寻呼时机的的位置分别为0号时隙、4号时隙、5号时隙和9号时隙,则该4个寻呼时机在每个寻呼帧中都在相同的时频资源位置,即该寻呼时机的周期为一个寻呼帧。寻呼时机的时间间隔可以是相邻的两个寻呼时机之间的时间间隔,也可以是间隔K4寻呼时机的两个寻呼时机之间的时间间隔,K4可以为1,也可以为2,也可以为3,也可以为4,也可以为8,也可以为6,也可以为16,也可以为12,也可以为10。Specifically, the time interval of the paging occasion may be in units of frames, or may be in units of time slots, which is not limited in this application. For example, the paging interval may be 1 frame, 2 frames, 4 frames, or 8 frames, or may be 1 time slot, 2 time slots, 3 time slots, or 4 time slots, etc. . The paging occasion period may be that a plurality of paging occasions are repeatedly defined as a paging occasion period in the same mode according to time-spaced or unequal-spaced time domain location allocation, for example, four in a paging frame. The paging occasions are respectively slot 0, slot 4, slot 5 and slot 9, and the four paging occasions are in the same time-frequency resource location in each paging frame. That is, the paging occasion period is one paging frame. The paging interval may be a time interval between two adjacent paging occasions, or may be a time interval between two paging occasions of the interval K4 paging occasion, and K4 may be 1 or 2, may be 3, may be 4, may be 8, may be 6, or may be 16, may be 12, or may be 10.
需要说明的是,一个DRX周期内的寻呼时机的时间间隔可以相同也可以不同。若每对相邻寻呼时机的时间间隔都相同,则该寻呼时机的时间间隔可以看作寻呼时机的周期。It should be noted that the paging intervals in one DRX cycle may be the same or different. If the time interval of each pair of adjacent paging occasions is the same, the time interval of the paging occasion can be regarded as the period of the paging occasion.
可选地,终端设备也可以直接根据UE ID直接计算出RO的位置,例如一种计算的方法SFN mod T2=(T2div N)*(UE ID mod N),其中N可以表示一个或多个RO周期内帧的数目,还可以表示相邻PO的时间间隔内帧的数目,也可以对该公式增加一个偏移SFN mod T2=(T2div N)*(UE ID mod N)+k4,该偏移可以为正整数,也可以为负整数,还可以为0,k4的取值可以PO关联的RO周期的起始位置相关,或者PO所在的RO周期之后的关联的RO周期索引相关。T2可以表示RO周期的的大小,也可以表示相邻PO的时间间隔的大小,还可以表示多个RO周期的大小。Optionally, the terminal device may directly calculate the location of the RO directly according to the UE ID, for example, a calculation method SFN mod T2=(T2div N)*(UE ID mod N), where N may represent one or more ROs The number of frames in the period may also represent the number of frames in the interval of adjacent POs, or an offset SFN mod T2=(T2div N)*(UE ID mod N)+k4 may be added to the formula, the offset It can be a positive integer, a negative integer, or 0. The value of k4 can be related to the starting position of the PO period associated with the PO, or the associated RO period index after the RO period in which the PO is located. T2 may represent the size of the RO period, may also indicate the size of the interval of adjacent POs, and may also indicate the size of multiple RO periods.
可选地,配置信息中的寻呼指示消息的时域起始位置可以是网络设备通过显式的方式配置,也可以是网络设备通过隐式的方式配置。Optionally, the time domain starting location of the paging indication message in the configuration information may be configured by the network device in an explicit manner, or may be configured by the network device in an implicit manner.
具体地,在第一寻呼时机传输的寻呼指示消息与SS/PBCH块具有映射关系,且不同的SS/PBCH块可以对应不同的波束。网络设备通过显式的方式配置寻呼指示消息的时域起始位置可以是基于SS/PBCH块索引的方式配置,也可以是基于单独的字段采用数据比特进行配置,还可以是与其他信息联合配置。网络设备通过隐式的方式配置寻呼指示消息的时域起始位置可以是通过复用其他信息,例如通过频段、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)、调制与编码策略(Modulation and Coding Scheme,MCS)、端口、加扰以及循环冗余校验(Cyclic Redundancy Check,CRC)等信息隐式指示。Specifically, the paging indication message transmitted at the first paging occasion has a mapping relationship with the SS/PBCH block, and different SS/PBCH blocks may correspond to different beams. The time domain starting position of the network device configured by the network device in an explicit manner may be configured based on the SS/PBCH block index, or may be configured by using data bits based on a separate field, or may be combined with other information. Configuration. The time domain starting position of the network device by configuring the paging indication message in an implicit manner may be by multiplexing other information, such as a frequency band, a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), a modulation and coding strategy (Modulation and Coding). Scheme, MCS), port, scrambling, and Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) and other information implicit indication.
需要说明的是,网络设备通过SS/PBCH块索引指示寻呼指示消息的时域起始位置,其中SS/PBCH块索引可以是基于可能传输的SS/PBCH块进行编号的索引,也可以是基于实际传输的SS/PBCH块进行编号的索引。其中,实际传输的SS/PBCH块索引表示可能用于传输SS/PBCH的SS/PBCH块索引中时机传输SS/PBCH的SS/PBCH块索引。例如,低于3GHz的可能传输SS/PBCH的SS/PBCH块索引为0,1,2,3,而在一个网络设备中实际传输SS/PBCH的SS/PBCH块索引为0,1,3,也就是说,若采用后一种方式指示寻呼指示消息的时域起始位置,网络设备不会对SS/PBCH块索引为2的SS/PBCH块进行编码,这样实际传输SS/PBCH的SS/PBCH块的索引为0,1,2。网络设备可以预先配置使用哪一种索引方式指示寻呼指示消息的时域起始位置,也可以采用固定的方式,或双方约定的方式。It should be noted that the network device indicates the time domain start position of the paging indication message by using an SS/PBCH block index, where the SS/PBCH block index may be an index based on the SS/PBCH block that may be transmitted, or may be based on The index of the number of the actually transmitted SS/PBCH block. The actual transmitted SS/PBCH block index indicates an SS/PBCH block index that is used to transmit the SS/PBCH in the SS/PBCH block index of the SS/PBCH. For example, the SS/PBCH block index of the possible transmission SS/PBCH below 3 GHz is 0, 1, 2, 3, and the SS/PBCH block index of the actual transmission SS/PBCH in a network device is 0, 1, 3, That is to say, if the latter manner is used to indicate the start time position of the paging indication message, the network device does not encode the SS/PBCH block with the SS/PBCH block index of 2, so that the SS of the SS/PBCH is actually transmitted. The index of the /PBCH block is 0, 1, 2. The network device may pre-configure which index mode is used to indicate the start time position of the paging indication message, or may be in a fixed manner or a mutually agreed manner.
可选地,网络设备通过第二配置信息配置寻呼指示消息的时域起始位置可以是直接配置寻呼指示消息的时域起始位置,例如,通过SS/PBCH块索引指示寻呼指示消息的时域起始位置。Optionally, the time domain starting location of the network device configured by using the second configuration information to configure the paging indication message may be a time domain starting location of the direct configuration paging indication message, for example, indicating the paging indication message by using an SS/PBCH block index. The starting position of the time domain.
可选地,该时域偏移量和该固定的时域位置可以由SS/PBCH块的位置确定。Alternatively, the time domain offset and the fixed time domain location may be determined by the location of the SS/PBCH block.
具体地,若SS/PBCH与寻呼指示消息进行频分复用时,则传输SS/PBCH块与传输寻呼指示消息的时域位置可以相同。Specifically, if the SS/PBCH is frequency-division multiplexed with the paging indication message, the time domain location of the transmission SS/PBCH block and the transmission paging indication message may be the same.
可选地,网络设备通过第二配置信息配置寻呼指示消息的时域起始位置可以是只配置时域偏移量。也就是说,网络设备和终端设备预先约定一个固定的时域位置,通过时域偏移量和该固定的时域位置就可以确定出寻呼指示消息的时域起始位置。Optionally, the time domain starting location of the network device configured to configure the paging indication message by using the second configuration information may be only configuring the time domain offset. That is to say, the network device and the terminal device pre-arrange a fixed time domain location, and the time domain start position of the paging indication message can be determined by the time domain offset and the fixed time domain location.
应理解,该时域偏移量可以是基于时隙、半帧、子帧、帧、符号或小时隙(mini-slot)等。该固定的时域位置可以是一段时间中的某个时域位置、起始位置或结束位置,而该一段时间又可以是DRX周期内的帧、子帧、时隙、符号或采样等。It should be understood that the time domain offset may be based on time slots, fields, subframes, frames, symbols or mini-slots, and the like. The fixed time domain location may be a certain time domain location, a starting location, or an ending location in a period of time, and the period of time may be a frame, a subframe, a time slot, a symbol, or a sample, etc. within the DRX cycle.
可选地,该时域偏移量和该固定的时域位置可以由子载波间隔确定。Alternatively, the time domain offset and the fixed time domain location may be determined by subcarrier spacing.
具体地,若子载波间隔为15KHz,时域偏移量和固定的时域位置可以是0-9中的任意一个时隙;若子载波间隔为30KHz,时域偏移量和固定的时域位置可以是0-20中的任意一个时隙。Specifically, if the subcarrier spacing is 15 kHz, the time domain offset and the fixed time domain location may be any one of 0-9; if the subcarrier spacing is 30 kHz, the time domain offset and the fixed time domain location may be It is any one of 0-20 slots.
应理解,该寻呼指示消息的时域起始位置可以是控制资源(例如,PDCCH)的时域起始位置,也可以是数据资源(例如,PDSCH)的时域起始位置,还可以是控制资源和数据资源的起始位置,本申请对此不进行限定。It should be understood that the time domain starting position of the paging indication message may be a time domain starting location of a control resource (eg, PDCCH), or may be a time domain starting location of a data resource (eg, PDSCH), or may be The starting position of the control resource and the data resource is not limited in this application.
可选地,该第二配置信息可以包括寻呼分组的数目、随机接入时机周期内寻呼时机的数目、相邻寻呼时机的时间间隔、随机接入时机对应的同步信号块的数目中的至少一项。Optionally, the second configuration information may include the number of paging packets, the number of paging occasions in a random access timing period, the time interval of the adjacent paging occasion, and the number of synchronization signal blocks corresponding to the random access occasion. At least one of them.
具体地,网络设备可以通过第二配置信息为终端设备配置寻呼分组的数目、随机接入时机周期内寻呼时机的数目、相邻寻呼时机的时间间隔、随机接入时机对应的同步信号块的数目中的每一项。或者网络设备可以通过该第二配置信息为终端设备配置寻呼分组的数目、随机接入时机周期内寻呼时机的数目、相邻寻呼时机的时间间隔、随机接入时机对应的同步信号块的数目中的部分信息,剩余部分的信息可以通过已经配置的信息确定出来。Specifically, the network device may configure, by using the second configuration information, the number of paging packets for the terminal device, the number of paging occasions in the random access timing period, the time interval of the adjacent paging occasion, and the synchronization signal corresponding to the random access timing. Each of the number of blocks. Or the network device may configure, by using the second configuration information, the number of paging packets for the terminal device, the number of paging occasions in a random access timing period, the time interval of the adjacent paging occasion, and the synchronization signal block corresponding to the random access timing. Part of the information in the number, the remaining part of the information can be determined by the information already configured.
可选地,在随机接入前导的种类都不同的情况下,随机接入前导种类的数目也可以为随机接入前导的数目。Optionally, in a case where the types of random access preambles are different, the number of random access preamble types may also be the number of random access preambles.
可选地,随机接入前导种类的数目也可以为随机接入前导的数目。Optionally, the number of random access preamble types may also be the number of random access preambles.
可选地,该第二配置信息包括一个RO内的随机接入前导种类的数目和RO周期内的PO的数目。Optionally, the second configuration information includes a number of random access preamble categories within one RO and a number of POs in the RO period.
具体地,终端设备可以根据一个RO内的随机接入前导种类的数目和RO周期内的PO的数目,推导出PO内寻呼分组的数目和每个PO的随机接入前导种类的数目。例如,一个RO周期内PO的数目为K1,一个RO内用于寻呼的随机接入前导的数目为N5,则每个PO的随机接入前导种类的数目为Q=floor(N5/K1)或Q=ceil(N5/K1)或Q=N5/K1。Specifically, the terminal device may derive the number of paging packets in the PO and the number of random access preamble types of each PO according to the number of random access preamble types in one RO and the number of POs in the RO period. For example, the number of POs in a RO period is K1, and the number of random access preambles used for paging in one RO is N5, and the number of random access preamble types per PO is Q=floor(N5/K1) Or Q=ceil(N5/K1) or Q=N5/K1.
可选地,该第二配置信息包括PO内寻呼分组的数目和RO周期内的PO的数目。Optionally, the second configuration information includes a number of paging packets within the PO and a number of POs within the RO period.
具体地,终端设备可以根据PO内寻呼分组的数目和RO周期内的PO的数目确定出RO内的随机接入前导种类的数目和每个PO的随机接入前导种类的数目。Specifically, the terminal device may determine the number of random access preamble types in the RO and the number of random access preamble types of each PO according to the number of paging packets in the PO and the number of POs in the RO period.
可选地,该第二配置信息包括每个PO的随机接入前导种类的数目和RO周期内的PO的数目。Optionally, the second configuration information includes a number of random access preamble types of each PO and a number of POs in the RO period.
具体地,终端设备可以根据每个PO的随机接入前导种类的数目和RO周期内的PO的数目确定RO内的随机接入前导种类的数目和PO内寻呼分组的数目。Specifically, the terminal device may determine the number of random access preamble types in the RO and the number of paging packets in the PO according to the number of random access preamble types of each PO and the number of POs in the RO period.
可选地,该第二配置信息包括每个PO的随机接入前导种类的数目、PO内寻呼分组的数目和RO周期内的PO的数目。Optionally, the second configuration information includes a number of random access preamble types per PO, a number of paging packets in the PO, and a number of POs in the RO period.
具体地,终端设备可以根据每个PO的随机接入前导种类的数目、PO内寻呼分组的数目和RO周期内的PO的数目确定出RO内用于寻呼的随机接入前导种类的数目。Specifically, the terminal device may determine, according to the number of random access preamble types of each PO, the number of paging packets in the PO, and the number of POs in the RO period, the number of random access preamble types used for paging in the RO. .
可选地,该第二配置信息包括每个PO的随机接入前导种类的数目和RO内用于寻呼随机接入前导种类的数目和RO周期内的PO的数目,这样终端设备可以根据第二配置信息确定出PO内寻呼分组的数目。Optionally, the second configuration information includes a number of random access preamble types of each PO and a number of POs used for paging the random access preamble types and a number of POs in the RO period, so that the terminal device may be configured according to the The second configuration information determines the number of paging packets within the PO.
可选地,该第二配置信息包括RO内的随机接入前导种类的数目、PO内寻呼分组的数目和RO周期内的PO的数目,这样终端设备可以推导出每个PO的随机接入前导种类的数目。Optionally, the second configuration information includes a number of random access preamble types in the RO, a number of paging packets in the PO, and a number of POs in the RO period, so that the terminal device can derive random access of each PO. The number of leading species.
可选地,该第二配置信息包括RO内的随机接入前导种类的数目、PO内寻呼分组共用一个或一组随机接入前导的寻呼分组数目和RO周期内的PO的数目,这样终端设备可以推导出每个PO的随机接入前导种类的数目和寻呼分组的数目。Optionally, the second configuration information includes the number of random access preamble types in the RO, the number of paging packets in which the paging packets in the PO share one or a group of random access preambles, and the number of POs in the RO period. The terminal device can derive the number of random access preamble types and the number of paging packets for each PO.
可选地,该第二配置信息包括寻呼分组的数目、PO内寻呼分组共用一个或一组随机接入前导的寻呼分组数目和RO周期内的PO的数目,这样终端设备可以推导出每个PO的随机接入前导种类的数目和RO内用于寻呼随机接入前导种类的数目。Optionally, the second configuration information includes the number of paging packets, the number of paging packets in which the paging packets in the PO share one or a group of random access preambles, and the number of POs in the RO period, so that the terminal device can derive The number of random access preamble types for each PO and the number of paging random access preamble types within the RO.
可选地,该第二配置信息包括每个PO的随机接入前导种类的数目、PO内寻呼分组共用一个或一组随机接入前导的寻呼分组数目,RO周期内的PO的数目,这样终端设备可以推导出寻呼分组的数目和RO内用于寻呼随机接入前导种类的数目。Optionally, the second configuration information includes a number of random access preamble types of each PO, a number of paging packets in which a paging packet in the PO shares one or a group of random access preambles, and a number of POs in an RO period, In this way, the terminal device can derive the number of paging packets and the number of paging random access preamble types in the RO.
应理解,上述实施例中,终端设备在进行相关操作不需要RO内的随机接入前导种类的数目和寻呼分组的数目的情况下,可以不执行确定RO内的随机接入前导种类的数目和/或寻呼分组的数目的操作,本申请对此不进行限定。It should be understood that, in the foregoing embodiment, the terminal device may not perform the determination of the number of random access preamble types in the RO if the number of the random access preamble types and the number of paging packets in the RO are not required by the terminal device. The operation of the number of paging packets and/or the number of paging packets is not limited in this application.
可选地,网络设备可以配置寻呼分组的数目与随接入前导种类的数目相同,即网络设备可以根据随接入前导种类的数目确定寻呼分组的数目。Optionally, the network device may configure the number of paging packets to be the same as the number of access preamble types, that is, the network device may determine the number of paging packets according to the number of access preamble types.
可选地,网络设备也可以根据随接入前导种类的数目设置一个DRX周期内PO的数目或者设置相邻PO的时间间隔,也可以根据随机接入前导的数目设置关联到一个RO上的SS/PBCH block数目。Optionally, the network device may also set the number of POs in one DRX period or set the time interval of the neighboring PO according to the number of access preamble types, or set the SS associated with one RO according to the number of random access preambles. /PBCH block number.
可选地,网络设备可以根据寻呼分组、随机接入时机、同步信号块中至少两项的优先级级别,确定随接入前导种类的数目,并根据该随接入前导种类的数目确定第二配置信息,该第二配置信息可以包括寻呼分组的数目、随机接入时机周期内寻呼时机的数目、相邻寻呼时机的时间间隔、随机接入时机对应的同步信号块的数目中的至少一项。Optionally, the network device may determine, according to a priority level of at least two of the paging packet, the random access occasion, and the synchronization signal block, the number of the type of the access preamble, and determine the number according to the number of the access preamble types. The second configuration information may include the number of paging packets, the number of paging occasions in a random access timing period, the time interval of the adjacent paging occasion, and the number of synchronization signal blocks corresponding to the random access timing. At least one of them.
可选地,P(P≥1)个寻呼分组的终端设备可以共用相同的随机接入前导,P的值与SS block数目相关,或者与一个RO周期内寻呼时机的数目相关。Alternatively, the terminal devices of P (P ≥ 1) paging packets may share the same random access preamble, and the value of P is related to the number of SS blocks or to the number of paging occasions in one RO period.
具体地,在本申请实施例中,当一个值与一个RO周期内PO的数目相关或者一个值与相邻PO间隔内RO周期的数目相关,该值也就与RO周期的大小相关,也就与相邻PO的时间间隔大小相关,也就与DRX周期大小相关,也就与DRX周期内PO数目nB相关,也就与一个寻呼帧中PO的数目相关。网络设备也可以限制一个RO周期内PO的数目N最大值不超过4或者8,或者2,或者16,可以根据RO周期限制DRX周期内PO的数目,或者限制DRX周期大小,例RO周期为160ms,则PO的数目最大为2,则限制DRX周 期内PO的数目最大为T/8。Specifically, in the embodiment of the present application, when a value is related to the number of POs in one RO period or a value is related to the number of RO periods in the adjacent PO interval, the value is related to the size of the RO period, that is, It is related to the size of the interval of adjacent POs, which is related to the DRX cycle size, and is related to the number of POs nB in the DRX cycle, which is related to the number of POs in a paging frame. The network device may also limit the number of POs in a RO period to a maximum value of 4 or 8, or 2, or 16. The number of POs in the DRX period may be limited according to the RO period, or the DRX period may be limited. For example, the RO period is 160 ms. The maximum number of POs is 2, which limits the maximum number of POs in the DRX cycle to T/8.
可选地,第二配置信息包括RO周期的T值,终端设备可以根据RO周期的T值可以确定出DRX周期内PO的数目或者两个相邻PO的时间间隔。Optionally, the second configuration information includes a T value of the RO period, and the terminal device may determine, according to the T value of the RO period, a number of POs in the DRX period or a time interval of two adjacent POs.
可选地,RO周期可以与相邻寻呼时机的间隔相同,例如,RO周期为160ms,DRX周期内的寻呼时机数目为T/16。Alternatively, the RO period may be the same as the interval of the adjacent paging occasions, for example, the RO period is 160 ms, and the number of paging occasions in the DRX period is T/16.
可选地,RO周期可以为相邻寻呼时机的间隔的倍数。例如RO周期为160ms,DRX周期内的寻呼时机数目为T/8。Alternatively, the RO period may be a multiple of the interval of adjacent paging occasions. For example, the RO period is 160 ms, and the number of paging occasions in the DRX period is T/8.
可选地,网络设备确定RO周期内随机接入时机内用于寻呼的随机接入前导种类的数目可以是根据通过该随机接入前导区分的项目的数目具有映射关系。该项目可以是寻呼分组的数目、随机接入时机周期内寻呼时机的数目/相邻寻呼时机的时间间隔、随机接入时机对应的同步信号块的数目中的至少一项。Optionally, the network device determines that the number of random access preamble types for paging in the random access occasion in the RO period may be a mapping relationship according to the number of items distinguished by the random access preamble. The item may be at least one of a number of paging packets, a number of paging occasions in a random access timing period, a time interval of an adjacent paging occasion, and a number of synchronization signal blocks corresponding to a random access occasion.
具体地,随机接入时机周期内寻呼时机的数目和相邻寻呼时机的时间间隔之间可以有对应关系,因此随机接入前导可以用于区分其中一项,即可获知另一项。下述实施例的描述中以“随机接入时机周期内寻呼时机的数目”和“相邻寻呼时机的时间间隔”为一个项目进行描述。Specifically, there may be a correspondence between the number of paging occasions in the random access timing period and the time interval of the adjacent paging occasions. Therefore, the random access preamble can be used to distinguish one of the items, and another item can be known. In the description of the following embodiments, "the number of paging occasions in the random access timing period" and "the time interval of the adjacent paging occasions" are described as one item.
可选地,各个项目的优先级等级可以是网络设备与终端设备预先约定的或按照标准定义的,或者是网络设备预先配置的,本申请对此不进行限定。Optionally, the priority level of each item may be pre-agreed by the network device and the terminal device or defined by the standard, or pre-configured by the network device, which is not limited in this application.
可选地,网络设备可以采用固定的某一种优先级顺序,也可以采用配置的方法配置至少两种上述的优先级顺序,为了简便表示,本申请实施例中将优先级最高的称为项目1,优先级次高的称为项目2,优先级最低的称为项目3。Optionally, the network device may adopt a fixed priority order, and may also configure at least two foregoing priority orders in a configuration manner. For the sake of simplicity, the highest priority in the embodiment of the present application is referred to as an item. 1, the second highest priority is called item 2, and the lowest priority is called item 3.
需要说明的是,项目1,项目2和项目3都可以称为项目,各个项目下有子项目,例如当K1个SS/PBCH block关联到一个RO上的时候,项目1为SS/PBCH block,项目1的子项目为各个SS/PBCH block,第i个子项目为第i个SS/PBCH block。例如当K2个PO关联到一个RO周期上的时候,项目2为PO,项目2的子项目为各个PO,第i个子项目为第i个PO。例如当一个PO对应于K3个寻呼分组的时候,项目3为寻呼分组,项目3的子项目为各个寻呼分组,第i个子项目为第i个寻呼分组。It should be noted that item 1, item 2 and item 3 can be called items, and there are sub-items under each item. For example, when K1 SS/PBCH blocks are associated with one RO, item 1 is SS/PBCH block. The sub-items of item 1 are the respective SS/PBCH blocks, and the i-th sub-item is the i-th SS/PBCH block. For example, when K2 POs are associated with one RO cycle, item 2 is PO, item 2 is sub-item, and i-th sub-item is i-th PO. For example, when one PO corresponds to K3 paging packets, item 3 is a paging packet, the sub-item of item 3 is each paging packet, and the i-th sub-item is the i-th paging packet.
可选地,随机接入前导与上述至少三个项目的映射关系可以是随机接入前导的索引与每个项目的索引的映射关系。Optionally, the mapping relationship between the random access preamble and the at least three items may be a mapping relationship between an index of the random access preamble and an index of each item.
在一个具体的实施例中,若随机接入前导用于区分上述项目中的两项中的每个子项目的情况下,随机接入前导种类的数目可以根据如下方式得到:In a specific embodiment, if the random access preamble is used to distinguish each of the two items in the foregoing items, the number of random access preamble types may be obtained as follows:
例如,项目1的数目为M11,项目2的数目为M12,则RO周期内的用于寻呼的随机接入前导种类的数目N=M11*M12。For example, the number of items 1 is M11, and the number of items 2 is M12, and the number of random access preamble types for paging in the RO period is N=M11*M12.
可选地,在N=M11*M12的情况下,与项目1中的第i个子项目1关联的随机接入前导索引为i0+i*M12~i0+(i+1)*M12-1,与项目2中的第k个子项目2关联的随机接入前导索引n为n=j0+k,其中i0可以表示随机接入前导的起始索引,i0的值可以为正整数,也可以为0也可以为负整数,j0的值可以与项目2所在的项目1中的索引相关,也可以与项目2的数目或与使用随机接入前导进行区分的项目2的数目相关,还可以与项目1的数目相关,也可以与用于寻呼分组的随机接入前导的初始索引相关,也可以项目2所分配的随机接入前导种类的数目相关,也可以与项目1所分配的随机接入前导种类的数目相关, 例如j0=i*M12+i0,其中i表示项目2的索引。Optionally, in the case of N=M11*M12, the random access preamble index associated with the i-th sub-item 1 in item 1 is i0+i*M12~i0+(i+1)*M12-1, and The random access preamble index n associated with the kth sub-item 2 in the item 2 is n=j0+k, where i0 may represent the starting index of the random access preamble, and the value of i0 may be a positive integer or 0. Can be a negative integer, the value of j0 can be related to the index in item 1 where item 2 is located, or can be related to the number of items 2 or the number of items 2 distinguished by using a random access preamble, and can also be related to item 1 The number correlation may also be related to the initial index of the random access preamble used for paging the packet, or may be related to the number of random access preamble types allocated by the item 2, or may be related to the random access preamble type allocated by the item 1. The number is related, for example j0=i*M12+i0, where i represents the index of item 2.
应理解,i0还可以映射到相应PO上随机接入前导的起始索引,也可以没有定义,表示给定的值,为常数,也可以是其他值,这里不做限定,It should be understood that i0 can also be mapped to the starting index of the random access preamble on the corresponding PO, or can be undefined, and represents a given value, which is a constant, and can also be other values, which is not limited herein.
例如,项目1为PO,1个PO与5个随机接入前导具有映射关系,若第一个PO的索引为index0,则index0对应的随机接入前导的索引为0,1,2,3,4。这样,第二个PO的索引为index1,index1对应的随机接入前导的索引为5-9,第三个PO的索引为index2,index2对应的随机接入前导的索引为10-14,则第i个PO的索引对应的随机接入前导的索引为index0+i*5~index0+(i+1)*5-1。For example, the item 1 is a PO, and one PO has a mapping relationship with five random access preambles. If the index of the first PO is index0, the index of the random access preamble corresponding to index0 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4. In this way, the index of the second PO is index1, the index of the random access preamble corresponding to index1 is 5-9, the index of the third PO is index2, and the index of the random access preamble corresponding to index2 is 10-14. The index of the random access preamble corresponding to the index of the i POs is index0+i*5~index0+(i+1)*5-1.
例如,随机接入前导的数目为0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,项目1为SS block,项目2为PO,且SS block的数目为3个,PO的数目为4个,第一个SS block的索引index0对应的随机接入前导的索引为0,1,2,3,第二个SS block的索引为index1对应的随机接入前导的索引为4,5,6,7,第三个SS block的索引为index2对应的随机接入前导的索引为8,9,10,11,第四个SS block的索引为index3对应的随机接入前导为12,13,14,15。index0下第一个PO对应的随机接入前导的索引为0,第二个PO对应的随机接入前导的索引为1,第三个PO对应的随机接入前导的索引为2,第四个PO对应的随机接入前导的索引为3。index1下的第一个PO对应的随机接入前导的索引为4,第二PO对应的随机接入前导的索引为5,第三个PO对应的随机接入前导的索引为6,第四个PO对应的随机接入前导的索引为7,依次类推。For example, the number of random access preambles is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, item 1 is SS block, and item 2 is PO, The number of SS blocks is three, and the number of POs is four. The index of the random access preamble corresponding to the index of the first SS block is 0, 1, 2, 3, and the index of the second SS block is index1. The index of the corresponding random access preamble is 4, 5, 6, and 7. The index of the third SS block is the index of the random access preamble corresponding to index2, which is 8, 9, 10, 11, and the index of the fourth SS block. The random access preamble corresponding to index3 is 12, 13, 14, and 15. The index of the random access preamble corresponding to the first PO is 0, the index of the random access preamble corresponding to the second PO is 1, and the index of the random access preamble corresponding to the third PO is 2, the fourth The index of the random access preamble corresponding to the PO is 3. The index of the random access preamble corresponding to the first PO in index1 is 4, the index of the random access preamble corresponding to the second PO is 5, and the index of the random access preamble corresponding to the third PO is 6, the fourth The index of the random access preamble corresponding to the PO is 7, and so on.
再例如,项目2中存在至少两个子项目共用一个随机接入前导,项目2中子项目的总数目为M12,用于区分的项目2的数目为M13,用于区分的项目1的数目为M11,则RO周期内的用于寻呼的随机接入前导种类的数目N=M11*M13。其中,若项目2中的K9个子项目共用一个随机接入前导,则K9与项目2的总数目M12之间满足公式K9=M12/M13,或K9=floor(M12/M13),或者K9=ceil(M12/M13)。For another example, in project 2, there are at least two sub-items sharing a random access preamble, the total number of sub-items in item 2 is M12, the number of items 2 for distinguishing is M13, and the number of items 1 for distinguishing is M11. Then, the number of random access preamble types for paging in the RO period is N=M11*M13. Wherein, if K9 sub-items in item 2 share a random access preamble, then K9 and the total number M12 of items 2 satisfy the formula K9=M12/M13, or K9=floor(M12/M13), or K9=ceil (M12/M13).
再例如,项目2中存在多个子项目共用一个随机接入前导,共分配的随机接入前导种类的数目为M13。其中分配到第i个子项目的随机接入前导索引j为j=i0+i mod M13。For another example, in the item 2, there are multiple sub-items sharing a random access preamble, and the number of co-allocated random access preamble types is M13. The random access preamble index j assigned to the i-th sub-item is j=i0+i mod M13.
可选地,在N=M11*M13的情况下,与项目1中的第i个子项目1关联的随机接入前导索引为i0+i*M13~i0+(i+1)*M13-1,与项目2中的第k个子项目关联的随机接入前导索引n为n=j1+floor(k/K4),其中j1=i*M13+i0。Optionally, in the case of N=M11*M13, the random access preamble index associated with the i-th sub-item 1 in item 1 is i0+i*M13~i0+(i+1)*M13-1, and The random access preamble index n associated with the kth sub-item in item 2 is n=j1+floor(k/K4), where j1=i*M13+i0.
再例如,若项目1的子项目的总数为M11,且项目1中需要区分的子项目的数目为M14≤M11,项目2中所有子项目不使用随机接入前导进行区分,则RO周期内的用于寻呼的随机接入前导种类的数目N=M14。其中,若项目1中的K10个子项目共用一个随机接入前导,则K10=M11/M14,或K10=floor(M11/M14),或K10=ceil(M11/M14)。For another example, if the total number of sub-items of item 1 is M11, and the number of sub-items that need to be distinguished in item 1 is M14 ≤ M11, and all sub-items in item 2 are not distinguished by using random access preamble, then within the RO period The number of random access preamble types used for paging is N=M14. Wherein, if K10 sub-items in item 1 share a random access preamble, then K10=M11/M14, or K10=floor(M11/M14), or K10=ceil(M11/M14).
再例如,项目1中存在多个子项目共用一个随机接入前导,共分配的随机接入前导种类的数目为M13。其中分配到第i个子项目的随机接入前导索引j为j=i0+i mod M13。For another example, in the item 1, there are multiple sub-items sharing a random access preamble, and the number of co-allocated random access preamble types is M13. The random access preamble index j assigned to the i-th sub-item is j=i0+i mod M13.
可选地,在N=M14情况下,与项目1中的第j个子项目关联的随机接入前导索引n为n=i0+floor(k/K10)。Alternatively, in the case of N=M14, the random access preamble index n associated with the jth sub-item in item 1 is n=i0+floor(k/K10).
在另一个具体的实施例中,若随机接入前导用于区分上述项目中的三项中的每个子项目的情况下,随机接入前导种类的数目可以根据如下方式得到:In another specific embodiment, if the random access preamble is used to distinguish each of the three items in the foregoing items, the number of random access preamble types may be obtained as follows:
例如,如果随机接入前导用于区分三个项目的时候,假设项目1的数目为M1,或分 配给项目1的随机接入前导种类的数目为M1,项目2的数目为M2,分配给项目2的随机接入前导种类的数目为M2,项目3的数目为M3,或分配给项目3的随机接入前导种类的数目为M3,则此时RO周期内的随机接入前导种类的数目与三者相关,或者与三者中的两个或一个相关,例如RO周期内的用于寻呼的随机接入前导种类的数目N=M1*M2*M3。For example, if the random access preamble is used to distinguish three items, it is assumed that the number of items 1 is M1, or the number of random access preamble types assigned to item 1 is M1, and the number of items 2 is M2, which is assigned to the item. 2, the number of random access preamble types is M2, the number of item 3 is M3, or the number of random access preamble types allocated to item 3 is M3, then the number of random access preamble types in the RO period at this time is The three are related or related to two or one of the three, for example, the number of random access preamble types for paging in the RO period is N=M1*M2*M3.
可选地,在RO周期内的用于寻呼的随机接入前导种类的数目N=M1*M2*M3的情况下,与项目1中的第i个子项目1关联的随机接入前导索引为:Optionally, in the case that the number of random access preamble types for paging in the RO period is N=M1*M2*M3, the random access preamble index associated with the i-th sub-item 1 in item 1 is :
i0+i*M2*M3~i0+(i+1)*M2*M3-1;I0+i*M2*M3~i0+(i+1)*M2*M3-1;
与项目2中的第j个子项目2关联的随机接入前导索引为:The random access preamble index associated with the jth sub-item 2 in item 2 is:
j0+j*M3~j0+(j+1)*M3-1;J0+j*M3~j0+(j+1)*M3-1;
与项目3中的第k个子项目3关联的随机接入前导索引n为n=k0+k,The random access preamble index n associated with the kth sub-item 3 in item 3 is n=k0+k,
其中,i0可以表示随机接入前导的起始索引,也可以表示的是映射到相应PO上随机接入前导的起始索引,也可以没有定义,即表示给定的值,且为常数,也可以是其他值,这里不做限定,此外,i0的值可以为正整数,也可以为0也可以为负整数;Where i0 can represent the starting index of the random access preamble, and can also represent the starting index of the random access preamble mapped to the corresponding PO, or can be undefined, that is, represents a given value, and is a constant, also It may be other values, which are not limited herein. In addition, the value of i0 may be a positive integer, or may be a zero or a negative integer;
其中,j0,k0,k1,k2的值可以与项目2所在的项目1中的索引相关,也可以与项目2的数目相关,也可以与项目3的数目相关,还可以与项目1的数目相关,也可以与用于寻呼分组的随机接入前导的初始索引相关,也可以与项目3所分配的随机接入前导种类的数目相关,也可以项目2所分配的随机接入前导种类的数目相关,也可以与项目1所分配的随机接入前导种类的数目相关,例如j0=i*M2*M3+i0,其中i表示项目2的索引;例如k0=i*M2*M3+j*M3+i0。Where, the value of j0, k0, k1, k2 may be related to the index in item 1 where item 2 is located, or may be related to the number of items 2, may be related to the number of items 3, and may also be related to the number of items 1. It may also be related to the initial index of the random access preamble used for paging the packet, or may be related to the number of random access preamble types allocated by the item 3, or the number of random access preamble types allocated by the item 2. Correlation may also be related to the number of random access preamble types allocated by item 1, for example j0=i*M2*M3+i0, where i represents the index of item 2; for example k0=i*M2*M3+j*M3 +i0.
再例如,若项目3的总的子项目的数目为M3个,项目3中部分子项目可以共用一个随机接入前导,且项目3中需要通过随机接入前导区分的子项目的数目为M4个,M4≤M3,则RO周期内的用于寻呼的随机接入前导种类的数目N=M1*M2*M4,其中,项目3中的K4个子项目共用一个随机接入前导,K4=M3/M4,也可为K4=floor(M3/M4),也可为K4=ceil(M3/M4)。For another example, if the total number of sub-items of item 3 is M3, the middle item of item 3 can share a random access preamble, and the number of sub-items that need to be distinguished by random access preamble in item 3 is M4. M4 ≤ M3, the number of random access preamble types for paging in the RO period is N=M1*M2*M4, wherein K4 sub-items in item 3 share a random access preamble, K4=M3/M4 It can also be K4=floor(M3/M4) or K4=ceil(M3/M4).
再例如,项目3中存在多个子项目共用一个随机接入前导,共分配的随机接入前导种类的数目为M4。其中分配到第i个子项目的随机接入前导索引j为j=i0+i mod M4。For another example, in the item 3, there are multiple sub-items sharing a random access preamble, and the number of co-allocated random access preamble types is M4. The random access preamble index j assigned to the i-th sub-item is j=i0+i mod M4.
可选地,此时与项目1中的第i个子项目1关联的随机接入前导索引为i0+i*M2*M4~i0+(i+1)*M2*M4-1,与项目2中的第j个子项目2关联的随机接入前导索引为j1+j*M4~j1+(j+1)*M4-1,与项目3中的第k个子项目关联的随机接入前导索引n为n=k1+floor(k/K4),其中k1=i*M2*M4+j*M4+i0,例如j1=i*M2*M4+i0。Optionally, the random access preamble index associated with the i-th sub-item 1 in the item 1 is i0+i*M2*M4~i0+(i+1)*M2*M4-1, and the item 2 The random access preamble index associated with the jth sub-item 2 is j1+j*M4~j1+(j+1)*M4-1, and the random access preamble index n associated with the kth sub-item in item 3 is n= K1+floor(k/K4), where k1=i*M2*M4+j*M4+i0, for example j1=i*M2*M4+i0.
再例如,若项目2的总的子项目的数目为M2个,项目3中所有子项目可以不使用随机接入前导区分,项目2中的子项目共用一个随机接入前导进行区分,则假设项目2用于通过随机接入前导进行区分的子项目的数目为M5个,而且M5≤M2,则RO周期内的用于寻呼的随机接入前导种类的数目N=M1*M5,其中,项目2中的K5个子项目共用一个随机接入前导,K5=M5/M2,也可为K5=floor(M5/M2),也可为K5=ceil(M5/M2)。For another example, if the number of total sub-items of item 2 is M2, all sub-items in item 3 may not use random access preamble distinction, and sub-items in item 2 share a random access preamble to distinguish, then assume that the item 2 The number of sub-items used for distinguishing by the random access preamble is M5, and M5 ≤ M2, the number of random access preamble types for paging in the RO period is N=M1*M5, where the item The K5 sub-items in 2 share a random access preamble, K5=M5/M2, or K5=floor(M5/M2), or K5=ceil(M5/M2).
此时与项目1中的第i个子项目1关联的随机接入前导索引为i0+i*M5~i0+(i+1)*M5-1,与项目2中的第j个子项目关联的随机接入前导索引n为n=k2+floor(k/K5),其中k2=i*M1+i0。At this time, the random access preamble index associated with the i-th sub-item 1 in item 1 is i0+i*M5~i0+(i+1)*M5-1, and the random connection associated with the j-th sub-item in item 2 The leading index n is n=k2+floor(k/K5), where k2=i*M1+i0.
再例如,项目2中存在多个子项目共用一个随机接入前导,共分配的随机接入前导种类的数目为M5。其中分配到第i个子项目2的随机接入前导索引j为j=i0+i mod M5。For another example, in the item 2, there are multiple sub-items sharing a random access preamble, and the number of co-allocated random access preamble types is M5. The random access preamble index j assigned to the i-th sub-item 2 is j=i0+i mod M5.
再例如,若项目1的总的子项目的数目为M1个,项目3和项目2中所有子项目可以不使用随机接入前导区分,项目1中的子项目共用一个随机接入前导进行区分,项目1分配的随机接入前导种类的数目为M6个,而且M6≤M1,则此时RO周期或者RO集合内的用于寻呼的随机接入前导种类的数目与M1相关,例如RO周期或者RO集合内的用于寻呼的随机接入前导种类的数目N=M1。其中,若项目1中共用一个随机接入前导的子项目数目为K6,则K6=M6/M1,也可为K6=floor(M6/M1),也可为K6=ceil(M6/M1)。For another example, if the total number of sub-items of item 1 is M1, all sub-items in item 3 and item 2 may not use random access preamble distinction, and sub-items in item 1 share a random access preamble to distinguish, The number of random access preamble types allocated by item 1 is M6, and M6≤M1, then the number of random access preamble types for paging in the RO period or RO set is related to M1, for example, RO period or The number of random access preamble classes for paging within the RO set is N=M1. Wherein, if the number of sub-items sharing a random access preamble in item 1 is K6, then K6=M6/M1, or K6=floor(M6/M1), or K6=ceil(M6/M1).
再例如,项目1中存在多个子项目共用一个随机接入前导,共分配的随机接入前导种类的数目为N。其中分配到第i个子项目1的随机接入前导索引j为j=i0+i mod N。For another example, in the item 1, there are multiple sub-items sharing a random access preamble, and the number of commonly allocated random access preamble types is N. The random access preamble index j assigned to the i-th sub-item 1 is j=i0+i mod N.
可选地,在随机接入前导用于区分上述两个项目的情况下,该两个项目可以是PO和寻呼分组。Alternatively, in the case where the random access preamble is used to distinguish the above two items, the two items may be a PO and a paging packet.
具体地,优先级顺序可以包括两种,第一种顺序为PO>寻呼分组;第二种顺序为寻呼分组>PO。第一种顺序即为PO为项目1,寻呼分组为项目2。第二种顺序即为寻呼分组为项目1,PO为项目2。Specifically, the priority order may include two types, the first order is PO>page group; the second order is page group>PO. The first order is that PO is item 1 and the paging group is item 2. The second order is that the paging group is item 1, and the PO is item 2.
可选地,在随机接入前导用于区分上述两个项目的情况下,该两个项目可以是SS/PBCH block和寻呼分组。Alternatively, in the case where the random access preamble is used to distinguish the above two items, the two items may be an SS/PBCH block and a paging packet.
具体地,优先级顺序可以包括两种,第一种顺序为SS/PBCH block>寻呼分组;第二种顺序为寻呼分组>SS/PBCH block。Specifically, the priority order may include two types, the first order is SS/PBCH block>page grouping; the second order is paging group>SS/PBCH block.
可选地,在随机接入前导用于区分上述两个项目的情况下,该两个项目可以是SS/PBCH block和PO。Optionally, in the case that the random access preamble is used to distinguish the two items, the two items may be an SS/PBCH block and a PO.
具体地,优先级顺序可以包括两种,第一种顺序为SS/PBCH block>PO;第二种顺序为PO>SS/PBCH block。Specifically, the priority order may include two types, the first order is SS/PBCH block>PO; the second order is PO>SS/PBCH block.
可选地,在随机接入前导用于区分上述三个项目的情况下,该三个项目可以是SS/PBCH block,PO和寻呼分组。Alternatively, in the case where the random access preamble is used to distinguish the above three items, the three items may be an SS/PBCH block, a PO, and a paging packet.
具体地,优先级顺序总共可以有6种,第一种顺序为SS/PBCH block>PO>寻呼分组,第二种顺序为SS/PBCH block>寻呼分组>PO,第三种为顺序为PO>SS/PBCH block>寻呼分组,第四种顺序为PO>寻呼分组>SS/PBCH block,第五种为顺序为寻呼分组>PO>SS/PBCH block,第六种顺序为寻呼分组>SS/PBCH block>PO。Specifically, there may be a total of six priority orders, the first order is SS/PBCH block>PO>page group, the second order is SS/PBCH block>page group>PO, and the third order is PO>SS/PBCH block>page grouping, the fourth order is PO>page group>SS/PBCH block, the fifth type is page grouping>PO>SS/PBCH block, and the sixth order is homing Call group > SS/PBCH block>PO.
例如,针对第二种顺序,项目1为SS/PBCH block,项目2为寻呼分组,项目3为PO;针对第三种顺序,项目1为PO,项目2为SS/PBCH block,项目3为寻呼分组。针对不同的优先级,各个项目表示的内容不同。其中存在着SS/PBCH block分组,PO分组,和寻呼分组的分组,这些分组表示多个SS/PBCH block和/或多个PO和/或多个寻呼分组内的终端可以使用一个或者一组随机接入前导进行上行随机接入,可以上报波束和/或上报寻呼分组和/或上报PO和/或上报SS/PBCH block。For example, for the second order, item 1 is the SS/PBCH block, item 2 is the paging group, and item 3 is the PO; for the third order, item 1 is the PO, item 2 is the SS/PBCH block, and item 3 is Paging grouping. The content of each item is different for different priorities. There are SS/PBCH block packets, PO packets, and paging packet groups, which indicate that multiple SS/PBCH blocks and/or multiple POs and/or terminals within multiple paging packets may use one or one The group random access preamble performs uplink random access, and may report the beam and/or report the paging packet and/or report the PO and/or report the SS/PBCH block.
网络设备可以配置或固定一个RO内用于寻呼的随机接入前导种类的数目,根据各个项目的优先级顺序分配随机接入前导的数目,例如随机接入前导的数目为P5,则关联项目1的各个子项目的随机接入前导种类的数目M6=g(P5,M1),关联到项目2的各个子项目的随机接入前导种类的数目为M5=g(P7,M2),关联到项目3的各个子项目的随机接入前 导种类的数目为M4=g(P8,M3)。当P7小于或等于1的时候,项目2和项目3不用再进行区分,只区分全部或者部分的项目1,当P8小于或等于1的时候,项目3不用再区分,只区分项目1和全部或者部分的项目2,P9小于等于1的时候,只区分项目1和项目2和全部或者部分的项目3。The network device may configure or fix the number of random access preamble types for paging in one RO, and allocate the number of random access preambles according to the priority order of each item, for example, the number of random access preambles is P5, and the associated item The number of random access preamble types of each sub-item of 1 is M6=g(P5, M1), and the number of random access preamble types associated with each sub-item of item 2 is M5=g(P7, M2), associated with The number of random access preamble types of each sub-item of item 3 is M4=g (P8, M3). When P7 is less than or equal to 1, item 2 and item 3 do not need to be distinguished, only all or part of item 1 is distinguished. When P8 is less than or equal to 1, item 3 does not need to be distinguished, only item 1 and all are distinguished or For part of project 2, when P9 is less than or equal to 1, only project 1 and project 2 and all or part of project 3 are distinguished.
可选地,若一个或多个PO内的与一个或多个SS/PBCH block相关联的寻呼指示关联到相对应的RO周期内该SS/PBCH block关联的一个RO上,则随机接入前导可以区分一个RO内与之关联的PO的寻呼指示。Optionally, if the paging indication associated with one or more SS/PBCH blocks in one or more POs is associated with one RO associated with the SS/PBCH block in the corresponding RO period, then random access The preamble can distinguish between paging indications of POs associated with it within an RO.
例如一个PO上的寻呼指示对应一个RO,或者也可以是多个寻呼指示对应一个RO,此时可以使用随机接入前导区分不同的PO上的寻呼指示,关联到一个RO上的寻呼时机数目可以为N30=N28/N29,也可为N30=floor(N28/N29),也可为N30=ceil(N28/N29),此时N30个PO需要是使用随机接入前导进行关联或区分;或者也可以是一个寻呼指示对应多个RO,此时不同的RO可以关联或区分不同的寻呼分组,此时一个PO内的寻呼分组可以使用随机接入前导进行关联或区分和/或使用不同的RO进行关联或区分。For example, a paging indication on one PO corresponds to one RO, or a plurality of paging indications may correspond to one RO. In this case, a random access preamble may be used to distinguish paging indicators on different POs, and association is performed on an RO. The number of call timings may be N30=N28/N29, or N30=floor(N28/N29), or N30=ceil(N28/N29), in which case N30 POs need to be associated using a random access preamble or Differentiating; or a paging indication corresponding to multiple ROs, in which different ROs can associate or distinguish different paging packets, at this time, paging packets in one PO can be associated or differentiated using random access preambles. / or use different ROs for association or differentiation.
可选地,网络设备可以配置上述3个项目与随机接入前导之间的映射关系,并将该映射关系发送给终端设备,从而使得终端设备根据上述3个项目确定对应的随机接入前导。Optionally, the network device may configure a mapping relationship between the foregoing three items and the random access preamble, and send the mapping relationship to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines the corresponding random access preamble according to the foregoing three items.
403,终端设备在该第一随机接入时机周期中的该第一随机接入时机上向网络设备发送随机接入前导。相应地,网络设备在该第一随机接入时机周期中的随机接入时机上接收随机接入前导。403. The terminal device sends a random access preamble to the network device at the first random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period. Correspondingly, the network device receives the random access preamble at a random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period.
需要说明的是,若至少两个终端设备对应同一个寻呼时机,且在同一个寻呼分组内,该至少两个终端设备确定的随机接入时机可以相同,即该至少两个终端设备可以发送同一类的至少两个随机接入前导。It should be noted that if at least two terminal devices correspond to the same paging occasion and are in the same paging packet, the random access occasions determined by the at least two terminal devices may be the same, that is, the at least two terminal devices may Send at least two random access preambles of the same class.
可选地,终端设备确定该终端设备对应的寻呼时机的位置。Optionally, the terminal device determines a location of a paging occasion corresponding to the terminal device.
具体地,当网络设备接收到终端设备发送用于寻呼的随机接入前导之后,需要下发寻呼消息,可以在RAR window中下发寻呼消息,也可以在其他时间段下发寻呼消息。本申请实施例将下发寻呼消息的是的时间段称为寻呼消息时间窗。该寻呼消息窗也可以为寻呼时机的PDCCH监督时机,也可以称为寻呼时机的PDCCH检测时机。该消息窗可以用来下发寻呼消息的控制资源信息例如PDCCH或CORESET,和/或寻呼消息数据资源,例如PDSCH。Specifically, after the network device receives the random access preamble for the paging, the network device needs to send the paging message, and may send the paging message in the RAR window, or may send the paging in other time periods. Message. The time period in which the paging message is sent in the embodiment of the present application is referred to as a paging message time window. The paging message window may also be a PDCCH supervision occasion of a paging occasion, and may also be referred to as a PDCCH detection timing of a paging occasion. The message window can be used to deliver control resource information such as PDCCH or CORESET, and/or paging message data resources, such as PDSCH, of the paging message.
可选地,当下发寻呼消息的PDCCH的时候,可能与下发寻呼指示的控制资源例如PDCCH重合,此时如果没有指示终端设备可能没有办法区分两者,本申请实施例提出三种方法指示该信息,用于区分两者。Optionally, when the PDCCH of the paging message is sent, the control resource, such as the PDCCH, that is sent by the paging indicator may be overlapped. In this case, if there is no indication that the terminal device may have no way to distinguish the two, the embodiment of the present application proposes three methods. Indicate this information to distinguish between the two.
具体地,第一种方法是使用不同的寻呼无线网络临时标识(paging radio network temporary indentify,P-RNTI),寻呼消息和寻呼指示的控制资源分别使用不同的P-RNTI区分二者,寻呼消息的RNTI可以为PM-RNTI,PM-RNTI可以为一个或者多个,它们的索引可以是连续的,例如为PM-RNTI0~PM-RNTI0+Mp,Mp表示的寻呼消息的RNTI数目;寻呼指示的RNTI可以为PI-RNTI,PI-RNTI可以为一个或者多个,它们的索引可以是连续的,例如为PI-RNTI0~PI-RNTI0+Mi,Mi表示的寻呼指示的RNTI数目。Specifically, the first method uses different paging radio network temporary indentation (P-RNTI), and the paging resource and the paging control resource respectively use different P-RNTIs to distinguish the two. The RNTI of the paging message may be a PM-RNTI, and the PM-RNTI may be one or more, and their indexes may be consecutive, for example, PM-RNTI0 to PM-RNTI0+Mp, and the number of RNTIs of the paging message indicated by Mp The RNTI of the paging indication may be a PI-RNTI, and the PI-RNTI may be one or more, and their indexes may be consecutive, for example, the RNTI of the paging indication indicated by PI-RNTI0~PI-RNTI0+Mi, Mi number.
第二种方法是在PDCCH的内容中区分,PDCCH中可以携带1bit或者多个比特的信息用于指示信息,区分寻呼消息的PDCCH和寻呼指示的PDCCH,也可以与其他字段复 用指示,例如寻呼分组的字段复用指示,寻呼指示或寻呼消息的RNTI的索引值可以与SS/PBCH block的索引相关,该SS/PBCH block可以是一个RO上关联的SS/PBCH block,也可以与PO的索引相关,该PO的可以是关联到一个RO周期上的PO,也可以同时与两者相关;PO的索引可以与寻呼消息的RNTI的索引是一一对应的关系,也可以是一对多的关系,例如一个PO可以有2个RNTI,SS/PBCH block的索引也可以与寻呼消息的RNTI是一一对应的关系,也可以是一对多的关系,例如一个SS/PBCH block有对应4个RNTI。The second method is to distinguish between the content of the PDCCH, and the PDCCH may carry information of 1 bit or multiple bits for indicating information, distinguishing between the PDCCH of the paging message and the PDCCH indicated by the paging, or may be multiplexed with other fields. For example, the field multiplexing indication of the paging packet, the index value of the RNTI of the paging indicator or the paging message may be related to the index of the SS/PBCH block, and the SS/PBCH block may be an SS/PBCH block associated with the RO. The PO may be related to the PO of the RO period, or may be related to the PO at the same time; the index of the PO may be in a one-to-one correspondence with the index of the RNTI of the paging message, or may be It is a one-to-many relationship. For example, a PO may have two RNTIs. The index of the SS/PBCH block may also have a one-to-one correspondence with the RNTI of the paging message, or may be a one-to-many relationship, such as an SS/ The PBCH block has 4 RNTIs.
第三种方法是使用PDCCH的DMRS序列或者PDCCH的加扰序列进行指示,这些序列可以是同一个序列的不同段指示该信息,也可以是使用不同的初始化公式生成的不同序列指示该信息,该初始化公式中可以包含该信息。The third method is to use the DMRS sequence of the PDCCH or the scrambling sequence of the PDCCH to indicate, the sequence may be different segments of the same sequence to indicate the information, or may be different sequences generated by using different initialization formulas to indicate the information. This information can be included in the initialization formula.
可选地,当一个RO关联到多个PO的寻呼指示的时候,或者一个RO关联到多个SS/PBCH block的时候,或者同时关联多个PO的多个寻呼指示,其中多个寻呼指示对应不同的SS/PBCH block,即该RO同时关联多个PO的寻呼指示和多个SS/PBCH block。可以在该RO上请求多个寻呼时机的寻呼消息,也可以在该RO上请求多个SS/PBCH block对应的寻呼消息,也可以同时请求多个寻呼时机的寻呼消息和多个SS/PBCH block对应的寻呼消息。这里也采用项目1和项目2的方法称呼SS/PBCH block和寻呼时机或寻呼时机的寻呼指示,项目1可以指SS/PBCH block和寻呼时机或寻呼时机的寻呼指示中的任意一个,项目2也可以指SS/PBCH block和寻呼时机或寻呼时机的寻呼指示中的任意一个。Optionally, when one RO is associated with a paging indication of multiple POs, or when one RO is associated with multiple SS/PBCH blocks, or multiple paging indications of multiple POs are simultaneously associated, multiple The call indication corresponds to a different SS/PBCH block, that is, the RO simultaneously associates paging indications of multiple POs and multiple SS/PBCH blocks. The paging message of multiple paging occasions may be requested on the RO, and the paging message corresponding to multiple SS/PBCH blocks may be requested on the RO, or the paging message of multiple paging occasions may be requested at the same time. The paging message corresponding to the SS/PBCH block. Here, the methods of items 1 and 2 are also referred to as SS/PBCH block and paging occasions or paging occasions. Item 1 may refer to SS/PBCH block and paging occasions or paging occasions. Either item 2 may also refer to any one of the SS/PBCH block and the paging indication of the paging occasion or paging occasion.
可选地,当寻呼消息窗只区分寻呼时机的时候,项目1表示寻呼时机或寻呼时机的寻呼指示,当寻呼消息窗只区分SS/PBCH block的时候,项目1表示SS/PBCH block,当同时区分两者,寻呼时机和SS/PBCH block的按照优先级顺序对应项目1和项目2,例如寻呼时机>SS/PBCH block,项目1为寻呼时机,项目2为SS/PBCH block,例如寻呼时机<SS/PBCH block,项目2为寻呼时机,项目1为SS/PBCH block。该RO相关联的寻呼消息窗可以有多个,每一个寻呼消息窗可以对应一个或多个项目1。一个RO上的不同项目1的寻呼消息窗可以是连续相邻的,一个RO上的不同项目1的寻呼消息窗持续时间可以是相同的。Optionally, when the paging message window only distinguishes the paging occasion, the item 1 indicates the paging occasion of the paging occasion or the paging occasion. When the paging message window only distinguishes the SS/PBCH block, the item 1 indicates the SS. /PBCH block, when distinguishing both, paging time and SS/PBCH block correspond to item 1 and item 2 in priority order, such as paging occasion > SS/PBCH block, item 1 is paging occasion, item 2 is SS/PBCH block, such as paging occasion <SS/PBCH block, item 2 is the paging occasion, and item 1 is the SS/PBCH block. There may be multiple paging message windows associated with the RO, and each paging message window may correspond to one or more items 1. The paging message windows of different items 1 on one RO may be consecutively adjacent, and the paging message window durations of different items 1 on one RO may be the same.
可选地,当一个寻呼消息窗对应一个项目1的时候,该RO关联的第i个项目1的寻呼消息窗的位置为t0+f(i,x),当该消息窗同时对应项目1和项目2的时候,关联到第i个项目1和第j个项目2的寻呼消息窗的起始位置可以为t0+f(i,j,y,z),该位置可以是基于时隙的,也可以是基于子帧的,还可以是基于ms的,该位置可以是寻呼消息窗的起始位置,也可以是末尾位置,也可以是中间位置。当索引i或j表示SS/PBCH的索引的时候,可以表示关联到一个RO上的SS/PBCH block索引,也可以是关联到多个RO的SS/PBCH block索引。当索引i或j表示SS/PBCH的索引的时候,可以表示关联到一个RO上的SS/PBCH block索引,也可以是关联到多个RO的SS/PBCH block索引。Optionally, when a paging message window corresponds to an item 1, the location of the paging message window of the i-th item 1 associated with the RO is t0+f(i, x), and the message window simultaneously corresponds to the item. 1 and item 2, the starting position of the paging message window associated with the i-th item 1 and the j-th item 2 may be t0+f(i, j, y, z), and the position may be based on time The slot may also be subframe-based or may be based on ms. The location may be the starting position of the paging message window, the end position, or the intermediate position. When the index i or j indicates the index of the SS/PBCH, it may indicate an SS/PBCH block index associated with one RO, or may be an SS/PBCH block index associated with multiple ROs. When the index i or j indicates the index of the SS/PBCH, it may indicate an SS/PBCH block index associated with one RO, or may be an SS/PBCH block index associated with multiple ROs.
可选地,针对不同的子载波间隔(sub-carrier space,SCS),t0可以有不同的值,t0的一种表示方法为t 0*2 u,其中u与SCS的大小有关,例如SCS=15KHz的时候,u=0,SCS=30KHz的时候,u=1,SCS=60KHz的时候,u=2,SCS=120KHz的时候,u=3。t 0可以表示固定的常数,也可以表示在15KHz的时候寻呼消息窗的起始位置,还可以表示基于ms的寻呼消息窗起始位置。x,y,z表示寻呼窗的持续时间,单位可以为时隙,也可以为子 帧,还可以为ms。x,y,z的取值可以为1~80中的任意一个值,例如为0.5个时隙,1个时隙,2个时隙,4个时隙。x,y,z的值可以是固定的,也可以是配置的。t0的值可以是配置的,也可以是固定的。y的值可以与z值相关,或者z的值与x的值相关,一种相关的方法是z=y*N4或y=z*N4,其中N4可以表示项目1的数目或项目1的监督窗数目,也可以表示项目2的数目或项目2的监督窗数目。 Optionally, for different sub-carrier spaces (SCS), t0 may have different values, and one representation of t0 is t 0 *2 u , where u is related to the size of the SCS, for example, SCS= When 15KHz, u=0, when SCS=30KHz, u=1, when SCS=60KHz, u=2, when SCS=120KHz, u=3. t 0 may represent a fixed constant, may also indicate the start position of the paging message window at 15 kHz, and may also indicate the start position of the ms-based paging message window. x, y, z represents the duration of the paging window, and the unit may be a time slot, a subframe, or an ms. The value of x, y, and z may be any one of 1 to 80, for example, 0.5 time slot, 1 time slot, 2 time slots, and 4 time slots. The values of x, y, and z can be fixed or configured. The value of t0 can be configured or fixed. The value of y can be related to the z value, or the value of z is related to the value of x. A related method is z=y*N4 or y=z*N4, where N4 can represent the number of items 1 or the supervision of item 1. The number of windows can also indicate the number of items 2 or the number of supervisory windows for item 2.
可选地,当只区分项目1的时候,当项目1的消息窗在N2个帧中传输的时候,可以使用(t0+f(i,x))mod N3的方式计算项目1在帧中的位置,其中f(i,x)可以为i*x,也可以为floor(i*x),N3可以表示一个帧中的时隙数目,子帧数目,用于传输该RO的寻呼消息的子帧数目,用于传输该RO的寻呼消息的时隙数目。可以定义f(i,j,y,z)为i*z+j*y,floor(i*z)+j*y,i*z+floor(j*y),floor(i*z+j*y),floor(floor(i*z)+j*y),floor(i*z+floor(j*y))中的任意一个,当项目1和/或项目2的消息在N2个帧中传输的时候,可以使用(t0+f(i,j,y,z))mod N3的方式计算项目1在帧中的位置。Optionally, when only the item 1 is distinguished, when the message window of the item 1 is transmitted in N2 frames, the item 1 in the frame can be calculated by using (t0+f(i, x)) mod N3. Position, where f(i, x) may be i*x or floor(i*x), N3 may represent the number of time slots in one frame, the number of subframes, and the paging message used to transmit the RO The number of subframes, the number of slots used to transmit the paging message of the RO. You can define f(i,j,y,z) as i*z+j*y, floor(i*z)+j*y,i*z+floor(j*y),floor(i*z+j *y), floor(floor(i*z)+j*y), floor(i*z+floor(j*y)), when the message of item 1 and/or item 2 is in N2 frames In the middle transmission, the position of the item 1 in the frame can be calculated by using (t0+f(i, j, y, z)) mod N3.
此时也可以多个项目1或项目2的寻呼消息共用一个寻呼消息窗,此时可以使用t0表示该寻呼消息窗的起始位置,共用一个寻呼消息窗的项目1或项目2的数目可以为1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16中的部分或者全部,例如为1,2,4,8,16,将共用一个寻呼消息窗的项目1数目或项目2的数目记为N,则N的值是可以配置的,也可以是固定的,一种配置的方法是配置具体的值,即1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16中具体的值,另外一种配置方法是配置已经存在的值,例如关联到一个RO周期上的项目1或项目2的数目为M,可以配置N的值为1~M中的任意部分或者全部的值,例如配置参数为1,M,或者配置参数为1,M/2,M。At this time, a paging message window of a plurality of item 1 or item 2 may be shared. At this time, t0 may be used to indicate the starting position of the paging message window, and item 1 or item 2 sharing a paging message window may be used. The number may be part or all of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, for example 1, 2, 4, 8 16, the number of items 1 sharing a paging message window or the number of items 2 is recorded as N, then the value of N is configurable or fixed, and a configuration method is to configure a specific value, that is, Specific values in 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16, another configuration method is to configure existing values, such as associations The number of items 1 or 2 to the RO period is M. You can configure the value of N to any part or all of the values from 1 to M. For example, the configuration parameter is 1, M, or the configuration parameter is 1, M/ 2, M.
可选地,当N个项目1共用一个寻呼消息窗的时候,此时f(i,x)可以为floor(i/N)*x,floor(floor(i/N)*x),floor(i*x),i*x中的任意一个。当N个项目2共用一个寻呼消息窗的时候,此时f(i,j,y,z)可以为floor(i/N)*z+j*y,floor(floor(i/N)*z)+j*y,floor(i/N)*z+floor(j*y),floor(floor(i/N)*z+j*y),floor(floor(floor(i/N)*z)+j*y),floor(floor(i/N)*z+floor(j*y)),i*z+floor(j/N)*y,floor(i*z)+floor(j/N)*y,i*z+floor(floor(j/N)*y),floor(i*z+floor(j/N)*y),floor(floor(i*z)+floor(j/N)*y),floor(i*z+floor(floor(j/N)*y)),i*z+j*y,floor(i*z)+j*y,i*z+floor(j*y),floor(i*z+j*y),floor(floor(i*z)+j*y),floor(i*z+floor(j*y))中的任意一个。Optionally, when N items 1 share a paging message window, f(i, x) may be floor(i/N)*x, floor(floor(i/N)*x), floor. (i*x), any of i*x. When N items 2 share a paging message window, f(i, j, y, z) can be floor(i/N)*z+j*y, floor(floor(i/N)* z)+j*y,floor(i/N)*z+floor(j*y),floor(floor(i/N)*z+j*y),floor(floor(floor(i/N)* z)+j*y),floor(floor(i/N)*z+floor(j*y)),i*z+floor(j/N)*y,floor(i*z)+floor(j /N)*y,i*z+floor(floor(j/N)*y),floor(i*z+floor(j/N)*y),floor(floor(i*z)+floor(j /N)*y),floor(i*z+floor(floor(j/N)*y)),i*z+j*y,floor(i*z)+j*y,i*z+floor (j*y), floor(i*z+j*y), floor(floor(i*z)+j*y), floor(i*z+floor(j*y)).
可选地,当所有的项目1都共用一个寻呼消息接收时间段的时候,其起始位置为t0。当所有的项目1和项目2都共用一个寻呼消息接收时间段的时候,其起始位置为t0。当多个项目1共用一个寻呼消息窗的时候,可以使用多个RNTI对其进行区分,多个RNTI如上面所述,可以是PM-RNTI,也可以是PI-RNTI。Optionally, when all of the items 1 share a paging message receiving time period, the starting position is t0. When all of the items 1 and 2 share a paging message receiving time period, the starting position is t0. When a plurality of items 1 share a paging message window, they may be distinguished by using multiple RNTIs. As described above, the multiple RNTIs may be a PM-RNTI or a PI-RNTI.
可选地,当多个项目2共用一个寻呼消息窗的时候,可以使用多个RNTI对其进行区分,多个RNTI如上面所述。Alternatively, when multiple items 2 share one paging message window, they may be distinguished by using multiple RNTIs as described above.
可选地,当项目2和项目1同时共用相同的寻呼消息窗的时候,也可以使用多个RNTI对其进行区分。当使用RNTI区分一个项目(项目1或项目2)的时候,RNTI的索引与该项目的索引相关,一种相关的方法是该项目中的第i个项目对应的寻呼消息的RNTI的索引为RNTI0+i,RNTI0表示寻呼消息或者寻呼指示的第一个RNTI的值。当同时使用RNTI进行区分项目2和项目1的时候,项目2中的第i个子项目和项目1的第j个子项目的RNTI索引为RNTI0+j*N6+i,其中N6表示用RNTI区分的项目2中的项目数目或子项目数目。Alternatively, when item 2 and item 1 share the same paging message window at the same time, multiple RNTIs may also be used to distinguish them. When using RNTI to distinguish an item (item 1 or item 2), the index of the RNTI is related to the index of the item. A related method is that the index of the RNTI of the paging message corresponding to the i-th item in the item is RNTI0+i, RNTI0 represents the value of the first RNTI of the paging message or paging indication. When using RNTI to distinguish between item 2 and item 1, the RNTI index of the i-th sub-item in item 2 and the j-th item of item 1 is RNTI0+j*N6+i, where N6 represents the item distinguished by RNTI The number of items in 2 or the number of sub-items.
可选地,也可以使用寻呼消息的位置对其进行区分,可以使用寻呼消息的频率位置或时间位置对其进行区分,一种区分的方法是按照时间优先的顺序对寻呼消息的控制资源位置或数据资源位置进行布置,按照项目1的索引顺序放置寻呼消息的控制资源或数据资源。Optionally, the location of the paging message may also be distinguished, and the paging message may be distinguished by using the frequency location or the temporal location of the paging message. One method of distinguishing is to control the paging message in a time-first order. The resource location or the data resource location is arranged, and the control resource or data resource of the paging message is placed in the index order of the item 1.
可选地,一种区分的方法是按照频率优先的顺序对寻呼消息的控制资源位置或数据资源位置进行布置,按照项目1的索引顺序放置寻呼消息的控制资源或数据资源。不同项目1的寻呼消息可以频分放置,也可以时分放置,即在一个正交频分复用的符号上有多个寻呼时机的资源元素。当同时对项目2和项目1进行区分的时候,也可以使用位置进行区分,如上面所述。Optionally, a method for distinguishing is to arrange the control resource location or the data resource location of the paging message in a frequency-first order, and place the control resource or data resource of the paging message according to the index order of the item 1. The paging messages of different items 1 may be placed in frequency or in time division, that is, there are multiple paging element resource elements on one orthogonal frequency division multiplexed symbol. When distinguishing between item 2 and item 1, it is also possible to distinguish by position, as described above.
可选地,终端设备可以根据第一随机接入时机对应的至少一个同步信号块和第三映射关系,确定第一随机接入前导,该第三映射关系为至少一个同步信号块与至少一个随机接入前导的映射关系。Optionally, the terminal device may determine, according to the at least one synchronization signal block and the third mapping relationship corresponding to the first random access occasion, the first random access preamble, where the third mapping relationship is at least one synchronization signal block and at least one random Access the mapping relationship of the preamble.
可选地,在所述寻呼指示消息携带至少一个寻呼分组标识,且所述终端设备属于所述至少一个寻呼分组标识对应的第一寻呼分组的情况下,终端设备还可以根据第四映射关系和所述第一寻呼分组,确定所述第一随机接入前导,所述第四映射关系为至少一个寻呼分组和至少一个随机接入前导的映射关系。Optionally, in a case that the paging indication message carries at least one paging group identifier, and the terminal device belongs to the first paging packet corresponding to the at least one paging group identifier, the terminal device may further And determining, by the fourth mapping relationship and the first paging packet, the first random access preamble, where the fourth mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one paging packet and at least one random access preamble.
可选地,该第四映射关系可以是网络设备与终端设备预先约定或按照标准定义的,或者是网络设备预先发送的,本申请对此不进行限定。Optionally, the fourth mapping relationship may be pre-assigned by the network device and the terminal device, or defined by a standard, or sent by the network device in advance, which is not limited in this application.
404,网络设备根据至少一个随机接入时机周期或至少一个随机接入前导,确定至少一个寻呼时机。404. The network device determines at least one paging occasion according to at least one random access opportunity period or at least one random access preamble.
需要说明的是,该至少一个寻呼时机中对应于前述在第一寻呼时机的寻呼时机可以是与该第一寻呼时机为同一个寻呼时机,也可以是不同DRX周期中的相同位置的寻呼时机。It should be noted that, in the at least one paging occasion, the paging occasion corresponding to the foregoing first paging occasion may be the same paging occasion as the first paging occasion, or may be the same in different DRX cycles. The paging timing of the location.
可选地,网络设备根据第一映射关系和至少一个随机接入时机周期,确定接收随机接入前导的随机接入时机周期对应的寻呼时机。Optionally, the network device determines, according to the first mapping relationship and the at least one random access opportunity period, a paging occasion corresponding to the random access timing period of receiving the random access preamble.
具体地,该第一映射关系为至少一个随机接入时机周期与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系,这样网络设备根据该第一映射关系可以确定出该接收随机接入前导的随机接入时机周期对应的至少一个寻呼时机。Specifically, the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one random access timing period and at least one paging occasion, so that the network device may determine, according to the first mapping relationship, a random access timing period of receiving the random access preamble. Corresponding at least one paging occasion.
可选地,网络设备根据第二映射关系和至少一个随机接入前导,确定接收到的至少一个随机接入前导对应的至少一个寻呼时机。Optionally, the network device determines, according to the second mapping relationship and the at least one random access preamble, the at least one paging occasion corresponding to the received at least one random access preamble.
具体地,该第二映射关系为至少一个随机接入前导与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系,这样网络设备可以根据接收到的至少一个随机接入前导和该第六映射关系确定出对应的至少一个寻呼时机。Specifically, the second mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one random access preamble and the at least one paging occasion, so that the network device may determine, according to the received at least one random access preamble and the sixth mapping relationship, corresponding at least A paging opportunity.
可选地,该第二映射关系可以是网络设备与终端设备预先约定或按照标准定义的,或者是网络设备预先发送第二配置信息,通过该第二配置信息携带该第二映射关系,本申请对此不进行限定。Optionally, the second mapping relationship may be that the network device and the terminal device are pre-agreed or defined according to the standard, or the network device sends the second configuration information in advance, and the second mapping relationship is carried by the second configuration information. This is not limited.
可选地,T内的RO周期与一个RO上的SS/PBCH block的关联关系也可以是多对一的情况,此时不同的RO周期还可以用来区分不同的寻呼分组。Optionally, the association between the RO period in the T and the SS/PBCH block on the RO may also be a many-to-one situation. In this case, different RO periods may also be used to distinguish different paging groups.
具体地,假设关联到一个SS/PBCH block上的RO周期为N18个,寻呼分组数目为N19,则关联到一个RO周期上的寻呼分组数目N20,N20的值可以通过配置得到,也可 以通过计算得到,计算方法可以为N20=N19/N18,也可为N20=floor(N19/N18),也可为N20=ceil(N19/N18),N20的值可以为整数,也可以为分数,也可以为1。Specifically, if the number of ROs associated with an SS/PBCH block is N18 and the number of paging packets is N19, the number of paging packets associated with one RO period is N20, and the value of N20 can be obtained through configuration. By calculation, the calculation method may be N20=N19/N18, N20=floor(N19/N18), or N20=ceil(N19/N18), and the value of N20 may be an integer or a fraction. It can also be 1.
405,网络设备向该至少一个寻呼时机对应的终端设备发送寻呼消息。405. The network device sends a paging message to the terminal device corresponding to the at least one paging occasion.
因此,本申请实施例的信号传输的方法,网络设备向多个终端设备发送寻呼指示消息,终端设备在第一寻呼时机接收至少一个寻呼指示消息,并根据包括至少一个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入时机周期的第一映射关系确定出该第一寻呼时机对应的第一随机接入时机周期,进而在该第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导,网络设备可以根据该第一映射关系或第二映射关系确定出至少一个寻呼时机,并向该至少一个寻呼时机对应的终端设备发送寻呼消息,从而避免向多个终端设备发送寻呼消息,节省了信号传输的开销。Therefore, in the signal transmission method of the embodiment of the present application, the network device sends a paging indication message to the multiple terminal devices, and the terminal device receives the at least one paging indication message at the first paging occasion, and according to the at least one paging occasion, Determining, by the first mapping relationship of the at least one random access occasion period, a first random access timing period corresponding to the first paging occasion, and then sending the first random access occasion in the first random access timing period The first random access preamble, the network device may determine, according to the first mapping relationship or the second mapping relationship, at least one paging occasion, and send a paging message to the terminal device corresponding to the at least one paging occasion, thereby avoiding more The terminal device sends a paging message, which saves the overhead of signal transmission.
图9示出了本申请另一种信号传输的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 9 shows a schematic flow chart of another method of signal transmission in the present application.
901,终端设备根据第一映射关系,确定监督窗,该第一映射关系为至少一个寻呼消息与至少一个监督窗的映射关系。901. The terminal device determines, according to the first mapping relationship, a supervision window, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging message and the at least one supervision window.
具体地,第一映射关系可以是至少一个寻呼消息与至少一个监督窗的映射关系,终端设备可以根据即将接收的寻呼消息确定对应的监督窗。其中,寻呼消息与监督窗的对应关系可以是寻呼消息与监督窗索引的对应关系,也可以是寻呼消息的索引与监督窗的对应关系。Specifically, the first mapping relationship may be a mapping relationship between the at least one paging message and the at least one supervision window, and the terminal device may determine a corresponding supervision window according to the paging message to be received. The correspondence between the paging message and the supervision window may be a correspondence between the paging message and the supervision window index, or may be a correspondence between the index of the paging message and the supervision window.
可选地,当寻呼消息使用监督窗的方法进行检测的时候,寻呼消息的第SSB_TIk个监督窗的起始位置的计算可以是基于实际传输的SS/PBCH block索引,也可以是基于可能传输的SS/PBCH block索引,也可以基于寻呼消息监督窗的索引,其中SSB_TIk可以为0~64内的任意一个整数,计算寻呼消息监督窗的时隙或子帧索引,定义f(x,SSB_TIk)为x*SSB_TIk,floor(x*SSB_TIk),x*floor(SSB_TIk/k),floor(x*floor(SSB_TIk/k))中的任意一个公式,则关联到不同SS/PBCH block的监督窗的起始位置计算,可以使用下述公式中的任意一个(I+window offset+f(x,SSB_TIk))mod N,(I+f(x,SSB_TIk))mod N,I+window offset+f(x,SSB_TIk)mod N,I+f(x,SSB_TIk)mod N,其中I表示的是寻呼消息监督窗的参考位置,可以是配置的,也可以是固定的,如前述实施例所述;x表示的是寻呼消息监督窗的持续时间,可以配置的,监督窗偏移值(window offset)表示的是寻呼消息PO内的第一个监督窗相对于参考位置的偏移,或者表示寻呼消息的第一个监督窗相对于参考位置的时间偏移再加上固定的时间偏移,固定的时间偏移可能是由于PO的持续时间内,一些时间资源用于其他消息的传输,例如用于上行传输,该固定的时间偏移可以从网络设备配置的信息当中推导出来。Optionally, when the paging message is detected by using the method of the supervision window, the calculation of the starting position of the SSB_TIk monitoring windows of the paging message may be based on the actual transmitted SS/PBCH block index, or may be based on possible The transmitted SS/PBCH block index may also be based on the index of the paging message supervision window, where the SSB_TIk may be any integer within 0 to 64, and the slot or subframe index of the paging message supervision window is calculated, and f(x) is defined. , SSB_TIk) is any formula of x*SSB_TIk, floor(x*SSB_TIk), x*floor(SSB_TIk/k), floor(x*floor(SSB_TIk/k)), and is associated with different SS/PBCH block To calculate the starting position of the supervisory window, you can use any of the following formulas (I+window offset+f(x,SSB_TIk))mod N,(I+f(x,SSB_TIk))mod N,I+window offset +f(x, SSB_TIk) mod N, I+f(x, SSB_TIk) mod N, where I represents the reference position of the paging message supervision window, which may be configured or fixed, as in the foregoing embodiment. The x indicates the duration of the paging message supervision window, which can be configured to supervise the window offset table. Shown is the offset of the first supervisory window in the paging message PO relative to the reference location, or the time offset of the first supervisory window of the paging message relative to the reference location plus a fixed time offset, The fixed time offset may be due to the duration of the PO, some time resources being used for the transmission of other messages, such as for uplink transmissions, which may be derived from information configured by the network device.
需要说明的是,window offset可以为0,表示不存在相关的信息,I和window offset可以与SCS相关;公式中的floor表示向下取整的意思,可以不存在,但是例如当x为正整数的时候,该公式可以变为(I+window offset+x*floor(SSB_TIk/k))mod N,k可以配置的,k的值可以为1或其他值,当k为1的时候,该公式可以为I+window offset+x*SSB_TIk。这种方法的好处是寻呼消息的窗比较集中,UE检测的时间比较短,容易寻找。N表示的是在一个系统帧内可以用来传输寻呼消息的时隙或子帧数目,可以是整个帧的所有的时隙都可以用来传输寻呼消息,此时N与帧内的寻呼时隙数目或者子帧数目相同,也可以帧中的部分时隙用来传输寻呼消息。It should be noted that the window offset can be 0, indicating that there is no relevant information, and the I and window offset can be related to the SCS; the floor in the formula means rounding down, which may not exist, but for example, when x is a positive integer When the formula can be changed to (I + window offset + x * floor (SSB_TIk / k)) mod N, k can be configured, the value of k can be 1 or other values, when k is 1, the formula Can be I+window offset+x*SSB_TIk. The advantage of this method is that the window of the paging message is relatively concentrated, and the time of the UE detection is relatively short and easy to find. N represents the number of time slots or subframes that can be used to transmit paging messages within a system frame. It can be that all time slots of the entire frame can be used to transmit paging messages. In this case, N and intra-frame homing The number of call slots or the number of subframes is the same, and some of the time slots in the frame may also be used to transmit paging messages.
可选地,当UE接收到可能传输的SS/PBCH block索引可能比较大,例如对于60KHz的,UE接收到SS/PBCH block的索引为45,如果一个监督窗的窗长为一个时隙,则需要45个时隙,因此至少需要在两个帧上接收寻呼消息。为了方便寻呼消息的传输,可以设置寻呼消息在一个帧内传输的监督窗的最大数目为K或者设置一个帧内用来传输寻呼消息的子帧或者时隙最大数目为N,当寻呼消息的SS/PBCH block索引(包含候选的SS/PBCH block时间索引和/或实际传输的SS/PBCH block索引)大于K的时候或者寻呼消息的时隙或子帧数目大于N的时候,可以放到下一个帧或相邻的M个帧内传输。Optionally, when the UE receives the SS/PBCH block index that may be transmitted, the index may be relatively large. For example, for 60 kHz, the index of the SS/PBCH block received by the UE is 45. If the window length of one supervisory window is one time slot, then 45 time slots are required, so at least two paging frames need to be received. In order to facilitate the transmission of the paging message, the maximum number of supervised windows transmitted by the paging message in one frame may be set to K or the maximum number of sub-frames or time slots used for transmitting the paging message within one frame is N, when seeking When the SS/PBCH block index of the call message (including the candidate SS/PBCH block time index and/or the actually transmitted SS/PBCH block index) is greater than K or the number of time slots or subframes of the paging message is greater than N, Can be placed in the next frame or in adjacent M frames.
例如当SS/PBCH block与寻呼消息进行TDM传输的时候,寻呼消息可以放到与SS/PBCH block不同的半帧内传输或者放到最后一个实际传输或者可能传输SS/PBCH block的后面传输。K,M,N的值可以根据RMSI的周期,子载波间隔,RMSI监督窗的持续时间长度决定K的取值,或者根据DRX周期内寻呼消息的nB数目,或者寻呼时机的时间间隔,寻呼窗的持续时间,子载波间隔,决定M,K,N中至少一个的取值,其中N的值可以为x*K。寻呼消息的监督窗之间是连续的,或者是已知连续的。不同的监督窗的window offset可以是不同的,至少两个相邻的window offset可以是相同的,至少两个相邻的window offset是不同的,可以使用下述的公式之一计算寻呼消息所在的帧的位置:当整个帧所有的时隙和子帧都可以用来传输寻呼消息的时候,所述的公式可以为floor((I+window offset+f(x,SSB_TIk))/N),floor((I+f(x,SSB_TIk))/N),当一个帧部分的时隙和子帧可以用来传输寻呼消息的时候,所述的公式可以为floor(f(x,SSB_TIk)/N)。N的值或K的值可以根据x的值确定,也可以根据半静态调度DL-UL周期T4和上下行的持续时间配比确定。例如当T4=10的时候,N的值可以为5,或2*5,或4*5,或8*5。For example, when the SS/PBCH block and the paging message are TDM, the paging message can be transmitted in a different field from the SS/PBCH block or transmitted to the last actual transmission or possibly transmitted after the SS/PBCH block. . The values of K, M, and N may determine the value of K according to the period of the RMSI, the subcarrier spacing, and the duration of the RMSI supervision window, or according to the number of nBs of the paging message in the DRX cycle, or the time interval of the paging occasion. The duration of the paging window, the subcarrier spacing, determines the value of at least one of M, K, N, where the value of N may be x*K. The supervisory windows of the paging messages are continuous or known to be contiguous. The window offsets of different supervisory windows may be different. At least two adjacent window offsets may be the same. At least two adjacent window offsets are different. You can use one of the following formulas to calculate the paging message. Position of the frame: When all time slots and subframes of the entire frame can be used to transmit paging messages, the formula can be floor((I+window offset+f(x,SSB_TIk))/N), Floor((I+f(x,SSB_TIk))/N), when a slot and a subframe of a frame part can be used to transmit a paging message, the formula can be floor(f(x,SSB_TIk)/ N). The value of N or the value of K may be determined according to the value of x, or may be determined according to the semi-persistent scheduling DL-UL period T4 and the duration ratio of the uplink and the downlink. For example, when T4=10, the value of N can be 5, or 2*5, or 4*5, or 8*5.
可选地,当寻呼消息与SS/PBCH block进行频分复用的时候,寻呼消息组在DRX周期的数目可以与SS/PBCH block的周期相关。Optionally, when the paging message is frequency-division multiplexed with the SS/PBCH block, the number of paging message groups in the DRX cycle may be related to the period of the SS/PBCH block.
例如,终端设备可以根据SS/PBCH block的周期,推导出寻呼消息组在DRX周期的数目,例如SS/PBCH block的周期为20ms,DRX周期为32个帧,在可以推导出寻呼消息组在DRX周期中的数目为320/20=16;或者两个相邻的寻呼消息的时间间隔与SS/PBCH block的周期相关,例如相同;或者寻呼消息组在DRX周期的数目可以与SS/PBCH block的DRX周期的数目相关,例如相同。寻呼消息组可以表示的与半帧内的所有SS/PBCH block相关联多个或者一个寻呼消息,也可以表示与一个或者多个SS/PBCH block相关联的一个或多个寻呼消息。For example, the terminal device may derive the number of paging message groups in the DRX cycle according to the period of the SS/PBCH block, for example, the period of the SS/PBCH block is 20 ms, and the DRX period is 32 frames, and the paging message group can be deduced. The number in the DRX cycle is 320/20=16; or the time interval of two adjacent paging messages is related to the period of the SS/PBCH block, for example the same; or the number of paging message groups in the DRX cycle can be compared with the SS The number of DRX cycles of the /PBCH block is related, for example, the same. The paging message group may represent a plurality of or one paging message associated with all SS/PBCH blocks within the field, and may also represent one or more paging messages associated with one or more SS/PBCH blocks.
网络设备可以指示寻呼消息控制资源信息的调度信息的位置,网络设备可以配置寻呼消息的控制资源信息的调度信息在SIB1当中传输,也可以配置SIB1的调度信息在PBCH当中传输,网络设备也可以复用其他数据进行传输该指示信息。可以使用1比特指示是在SIB1当中传输,还是在PBCH当中传输。用来指示寻呼消息控制资源的调度信息可以是在SIB1当中传输,也可以在SIB2当传输,还还可以在SIB3当中传输。寻呼消息的控制资源可以携带寻呼指示信息,也可以携带寻呼消息的位置信息和/或调制策略信息。寻呼消息的控制资源的调度信息可以用来配置寻呼消息的控制资源位置和/或调制编码信息。控制资源位置可以是控制资源的频率位置,也可以是控制资源的时域位置,还可以是同时两者的位置。寻呼消息的调度信息可以部分在PBCH当中传输,部分放在SIB1和/或SIB2和/或SIB3当中传输。例如带宽信息利用PBCH中SIB1的带宽信息,时间信息是在SIB1 和/或SIB2和/或SIB3当中传输。网络设备也可以使用隐含的方式配置该信息或者复用其他信息,例如当寻呼消息与SS/PBCH block频分复用的时候,其可以使用PBCH当中的SIB1的控制资源配置信息,当时分复用的时候,可以使用自己的配置信息,使用在SIB1和/或SIB2和/或SIB3中的配置信息。网络设备可以使用显式的方式指示寻呼消息的控制资源信息的调度信息的部分信息在PBCH中传输,还是在SIB1和/或SIB2和/或SIB3中传输。可以使用1比特进行指示,也可以同时配置寻呼消息的控制资源的调度信息在PBCH中,SIB1中,或同时在PBCH和SIB1中配置。可以使用2比特进行指示。配置也是指示或携带。The network device may indicate the location of the scheduling information of the paging message control resource information, and the network device may configure the scheduling information of the control resource information of the paging message to be transmitted in the SIB1, or configure the scheduling information of the SIB1 to be transmitted in the PBCH, and the network device also Other data can be multiplexed for transmission of the indication information. A 1-bit indication can be used to transmit between SIB1 or PBCH. The scheduling information used to indicate the paging message control resource may be transmitted in SIB1, or may be transmitted in SIB2, and may also be transmitted in SIB3. The paging resource control resource may carry paging indication information, and may also carry location information and/or modulation policy information of the paging message. The scheduling information of the control resources of the paging message can be used to configure the control resource location and/or modulation coding information of the paging message. The control resource location may be a frequency location of the control resource, a time domain location of the control resource, or a location of both. The scheduling information of the paging message may be partially transmitted in the PBCH, and partially transmitted in SIB1 and/or SIB2 and/or SIB3. For example, the bandwidth information utilizes the bandwidth information of SIB1 in the PBCH, and the time information is transmitted between SIB1 and/or SIB2 and/or SIB3. The network device may also configure the information or multiplex other information in an implicit manner. For example, when the paging message is frequency-division multiplexed with the SS/PBCH block, it may use the control resource configuration information of the SIB1 in the PBCH. When multiplexing, you can use your own configuration information to use configuration information in SIB1 and/or SIB2 and/or SIB3. The network device may use an explicit manner to indicate whether part of the scheduling information of the control resource information of the paging message is transmitted in the PBCH or in SIB1 and/or SIB2 and/or SIB3. The scheduling information of the control resource that can be configured with 1 bit or the paging message can be configured in the PBCH, SIB1, or both in the PBCH and the SIB1. The indication can be made using 2 bits. The configuration is also indicated or carried.
902,终端设备在所述监督窗,接收寻呼消息。902. The terminal device receives a paging message in the supervision window.
在一个实施例中,网络设备也可以通过不同的随机接入时机区分不同的SS/PBCH block和/或区分不同的寻呼分组。In an embodiment, the network device may also distinguish different SS/PBCH blocks and/or distinguish different paging packets by different random access occasions.
可选地,当两个相邻的PO时间间隔内有多个RO周期,可以使用不同RO周期内的RO区分不同的SS/PBCH block,或者区分不同的寻呼分组,或者可以先区分SS/PBCH block再区分不同的寻呼分组。Optionally, when there are multiple RO periods in two adjacent PO time intervals, the ROs in different RO periods may be used to distinguish different SS/PBCH blocks, or different paging groups may be distinguished, or SS/ may be distinguished first. The PBCH block then distinguishes between different paging packets.
例如,假设两个相邻PO的时间间隔内有N15个RO周期可以用于区分不同的SS/PBCH block,假设关联到一个RO上面的SS/PBCH block数目为K1,则可以通过该RO属于哪个RO周期来区分这K1个SS/PBCH block,也就是说,关联到一个RO周期的SS/PBCH block数目可以为N16,N16=K1/N15,或N16=floor(K1/N15),或者N16=ceil(K1/N15),其中,N16的值可以为整数,也可以为分数,也可以为1。For example, suppose that there are N15 RO periods in the interval between two adjacent POs, which can be used to distinguish different SS/PBCH blocks. If the number of SS/PBCH blocks associated with an RO is K1, which one can belong to the RO The RO period is used to distinguish the K1 SS/PBCH blocks, that is, the number of SS/PBCH blocks associated with one RO period may be N16, N16=K1/N15, or N16=floor(K1/N15), or N16= Ceil(K1/N15), where the value of N16 can be an integer, a fraction, or a value of 1.
当N15≥K1的时候,可以将K1个SS/PBCH block关联到两个相邻的PO时间间隔内N17个RO周期上,可以是前N17个,也可以是后N17个,即N17与K1相同,此时SS/PBCH block与RO周期可以是一一对应的关系。When N15≥K1, K1 SS/PBCH blocks can be associated with N17 RO cycles in two adjacent PO time intervals, which can be N17 or N17, that is, N17 and K1 are the same. At this time, the SS/PBCH block and the RO period may have a one-to-one correspondence.
需要说明的是,当SS/PBCH block与RO周期是一对一的关系的时候,例如两个相邻PO的时间间隔T内有4个RO周期,每个RO周期内的每个RO关联4个SS/PBCH block,则在第一个RO周期内网络设备接收终端设备发送的随机接入前导可以表示终端设备在SS/PBCH block0关联的波束覆盖区域上;第二个RO周期内网络设备接收终端设备发送的随机接入前导可以表示终端设备在SS/PBCH block1关联的波束覆盖区域上;依此类推,网络设备可以确定终端设备能够接收到的信号质量较高的至少一个波束。It should be noted that when the SS/PBCH block is in a one-to-one relationship with the RO period, for example, there are 4 RO periods in the time interval T of two adjacent POs, and each RO association in each RO period is 4 For the SS/PBCH block, the random access preamble sent by the network device receiving the terminal device in the first RO period may indicate that the terminal device is in the beam coverage area associated with the SS/PBCH block0; and the network device receives the second RO period. The random access preamble sent by the terminal device may indicate that the terminal device is on the beam coverage area associated with the SS/PBCH block 1; and so on, the network device may determine at least one beam that the terminal device can receive with high signal quality.
可选地,RO周期索引表示的是在T内的RO周期索引,SS/PBCH block索引表示的是与一个RO关联的多个SS/PBCH block内的索引。此时每个RO关联的SS/PBCH block的索引i关联到T内的RO周期上的RO周期索引j为j=i+j 0,j 0的值可以为正,也可以为负,也可以为0。 Optionally, the RO period index represents an RO period index in T, and the SS/PBCH block index represents an index in multiple SS/PBCH blocks associated with one RO. At this time, the index i of the SS/PBCH block associated with each RO is associated with the RO period index j of the RO period in T is j=i+j 0 , and the value of j 0 may be positive or negative, or may be negative. Is 0.
可选地,T内的RO周期与一个RO上的SS/PBCH block的关联关系也可以是多对一的情况,此时不同的RO周期还可以用来区分不同的寻呼分组。Optionally, the association between the RO period in the T and the SS/PBCH block on the RO may also be a many-to-one situation. In this case, different RO periods may also be used to distinguish different paging groups.
具体地,假设关联到一个SS/PBCH block上的RO周期为N18个,寻呼分组数目为N19,则关联到一个RO周期上的寻呼分组数目N20,N20的值可以通过配置得到,也可以通过计算得到,计算方法可以为N20=N19/N18,也可为N20=floor(N19/N18),也可为N20=ceil(N19/N18),N20的值可以为整数,也可以为分数,也可以为1。Specifically, if the number of ROs associated with an SS/PBCH block is N18 and the number of paging packets is N19, the number of paging packets associated with one RO period is N20, and the value of N20 can be obtained through configuration. By calculation, the calculation method may be N20=N19/N18, N20=floor(N19/N18), or N20=ceil(N19/N18), and the value of N20 may be an integer or a fraction. It can also be 1.
若索引按照顺序进行分配,例如关联到第i个RO周期的寻呼分组索引可以为i6+i* N20~i6+i*N20-1,i6可以为0或者其他常数,正整数,或负整数。If the index is allocated in order, for example, the paging packet index associated with the i-th RO period may be i6+i* N20~i6+i*N20-1, and i6 may be 0 or other constant, positive integer, or negative integer. .
可选地,不同的寻呼分组可以使用随机接入前导进行区分。当N15≤K1的时候,将K1个SS/PBCH block关联到两个相邻的PO时间间隔内N18个RO周期上,其中N15可以与N18相等,也可以不相等,例如,N18小于N15。则关联到一个RO周期的SS/PBCH block数目为N21,N21的值可以通过配置得到,也可以通过计算得到,计算方法可以为N21=K1/N18,也可为N21=floor(K1/N18),也可为N21=ceil(K1/N18),N21的值可以为整数,也可以为分数,也可以为1。Alternatively, different paging packets may be distinguished using a random access preamble. When N15≤K1, K1 SS/PBCH blocks are associated with N18 RO cycles in two adjacent PO time intervals, where N15 may be equal to N18 or may not be equal, for example, N18 is less than N15. The number of SS/PBCH blocks associated with an RO period is N21. The value of N21 can be obtained through configuration or calculated. The calculation method can be N21=K1/N18 or N21=floor(K1/N18). It can also be N21=ceil(K1/N18), and the value of N21 can be an integer, a score, or a value of 1.
其中,关联到第i个RO周期的SS/PBCH block索引为i7+i*N21~i7+i*N21-1,i7可以为0或者其他常数,正整数,或负整数。本申请实施例中使用i8+i*N22~i8+i*N22-1的形式表示j的索引号时,其有另外一种表达方式,即i=i9+floor(j/N22)或i=i9+ceil(j/N22)或i=i9+j/N22,两种表达是相同的意思,i9与i8相关,例如i8=-i9,还可以表达为关联到第i个项目1和第j个项目2的项目3的索引为i8+i+j*N22,也可以表达为i8+floor(i/K5)+j*N22或i8+ceil(i/K5)+j*N22,这几种形式上不同,但是表达的含义相同,可以通用。此时,不同的SS/PBCH block和寻呼分组可以使用随机接入前导进行区分。The SS/PBCH block index associated with the i-th RO period is i7+i*N21~i7+i*N21-1, and i7 may be 0 or other constant, positive integer, or negative integer. When the index number of j is expressed in the form of i8+i*N22~i8+i*N22-1 in the embodiment of the present application, there is another expression manner, that is, i=i9+floor(j/N22) or i= I9+ceil(j/N22) or i=i9+j/N22, the two expressions are the same meaning, i9 is related to i8, for example i8=-i9, can also be expressed as related to the i-th item 1 and j The index of item 3 of item 2 is i8+i+j*N22, which can also be expressed as i8+floor(i/K5)+j*N22 or i8+ceil(i/K5)+j*N22. Formally different, but the meaning of the expression is the same and can be used universally. At this time, different SS/PBCH blocks and paging packets can be distinguished using a random access preamble.
可选地,网络设备还可以先区分寻呼寻呼分组再区分不同的SS/PBCH block,假设寻呼分组数目为N24,关联到一个RO周期上的寻呼分组数目为N23,N23的值可以通过配置得到,可以通过计算得到N23,计算方法可以为N23=N24/N15,也可为N23=floor(N24/N15),也可为N23=ceil(N24/N15),N23的值可以为整数,也可以为分数,也可以为1,其关联到第i个RO周期的寻呼分组索引为i10+i*N23~i10+i*N23-1,i10可以为0或者其他常数,正整数,或负整数,不同的寻呼分组可以使用随机接入前导进行区分。Optionally, the network device may further distinguish the paging paging packet and then distinguish different SS/PBCH blocks, and assume that the number of paging packets is N24, and the number of paging packets associated with one RO cycle is N23, and the value of N23 may be By configuration, N23 can be obtained by calculation. The calculation method can be N23=N24/N15, N23=floor(N24/N15), or N23=ceil(N24/N15), and the value of N23 can be an integer. , may also be a score, or may be 1, the paging packet index associated with the i-th RO period is i10+i*N23~i10+i*N23-1, i10 may be 0 or other constant, a positive integer, Or a negative integer, different paging packets can be distinguished using a random access preamble.
可选地,当N24小于等于N15的时候,一个寻呼分组可以关联到N25(N25≥1)个RO周期,N25的值可以通过配置得到,可以通过计算得到N25,计算方法可以为N25=N15/N24,也可为N25=floor(N15/N24),也可为N25=ceil(N15/N24),其关联到第i个寻呼分组的RO周期索引为i11+i*N25~i11+i*N25-1,i11可以为0或者其他常数,正整数,或负整数。Optionally, when N24 is less than or equal to N15, a paging packet may be associated with N25 (N25≥1) RO cycles, and the value of N25 can be obtained through configuration, and N25 can be obtained by calculation, and the calculation method can be N25=N15. /N24, which may also be N25=floor(N15/N24) or N25=ceil(N15/N24), and the RO period index associated with the i-th paging packet is i11+i*N25~i11+i *N25-1, i11 can be 0 or other constants, positive integers, or negative integers.
可选地,不同的RO周期可以用来区分不同的SS/PBCH block。假设关联到一个RO上面的SS/PBCH block数目为K1,则可以为关联到一个RO周期关联SS/PBCH block数目为N26,N26的值可以为整数,也可以为分数,也可以为1,N26的值可以通过配置得到,也可以通过计算得到,计算方法可以为N26=K1/N25,也可为N26=floor(K1/N25),也可为N26=ceil(K1/N25)。Alternatively, different RO cycles can be used to distinguish between different SS/PBCH blocks. Assume that the number of SS/PBCH blocks associated with an RO is K1, and the number of associated SS/PBCH blocks associated with one RO period is N26. The value of N26 can be an integer, a fraction, or a number of 1, N26. The value can be obtained by configuration or by calculation. The calculation method can be N26=K1/N25, N26=floor(K1/N25), or N26=ceil(K1/N25).
可选地,在N25≥K1的情况下,可以将K1个SS/PBCH block关联到两个相邻的PO时间间隔内N27个RO周期上,可以是前N27个,也可以是后N27个,N27可以与K1相同,也可以与N25相同,此时SS/PBCH block与RO周期可以是一对一的关系,此时SS/PBCH block与RO周期是一对多或者多对一的关系。Optionally, in the case that N25≥K1, the K1 SS/PBCH blocks may be associated with N27 RO cycles in two adjacent PO time intervals, which may be the first N27 or the latter N27. N27 can be the same as K1 or N25. In this case, the SS/PBCH block and the RO period can be in a one-to-one relationship. In this case, the SS/PBCH block and the RO period are one-to-many or many-to-one.
需要说明的是,此时每个RO关联的SS/PBCH block的索引i关联到T内的RO周期上的RO周期索引j为j=i+j0,j0的值可以为正,也可以为负,也可以为0。也可以将T内的RO周期与一个RO上的SS/PBCH block的关联关系也可以是多对一的情况,此时不同的RO周期可以用来区分不同的寻呼分组。It should be noted that, at this time, the index i of the SS/PBCH block associated with each RO is associated with the RO period index j of the RO period in T is j=i+j0, and the value of j0 may be positive or negative. Can also be 0. The association between the RO period in T and the SS/PBCH block on one RO may also be a many-to-one situation. In this case, different RO periods may be used to distinguish different paging groups.
应理解,本申请实施例中的具体的例子只是为了帮助本领域技术人员更好地理解本申 请实施例,而非限制本申请实施例的范围。It should be understood that the specific examples in the embodiments of the present application are only for the purpose of understanding the embodiments of the present invention.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the foregoing processes does not mean the order of execution sequence, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be applied to the embodiment of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
上文中详细描述了根据本申请实施例的信号传输的方法,下面将描述本申请实施例的信号传输的装置。The method of signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application is described in detail above, and the apparatus for signal transmission of the embodiment of the present application will be described below.
图10示出了本申请实施例的信号传输的装置1000的示意性框图。FIG. 10 shows a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 1000 for signal transmission in an embodiment of the present application.
应理解,该信号传输的装置1000可以对应于上述方法实施例中的终端设备,可以具有方法中的终端设备的任意功能。It should be understood that the apparatus 1000 for signal transmission may correspond to the terminal device in the above method embodiment, and may have any function of the terminal device in the method.
该信号传输的装置1000包括:The signal transmission device 1000 includes:
收发模块1010,用于在第一寻呼时机上接收寻呼指示消息;The transceiver module 1010 is configured to receive a paging indication message on the first paging occasion;
处理模块1020,用于根据第一映射关系,确定该第一寻呼时机对应的第一随机接入时机周期,该第一映射关系为至少一个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入时机周期的映射关系;The processing module 1020 is configured to determine, according to the first mapping relationship, a first random access timing period corresponding to the first paging occasion, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping between at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period. relationship;
该收发模块1010,还用于在该第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导。The transceiver module 1010 is further configured to send a first random access preamble on a first random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period.
可选地,该第一映射关系为该至少一个寻呼时机与该至少一个随机接入时机周期一一对应的映射关系;或该第一映射关系为该至少一个随机接入时机周期中的每个随机接入时机周期与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系;或该第一映射关系为该至少一个寻呼时机中的每个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入时机周期的映射关系。Optionally, the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access opportunity period; or the first mapping relationship is each of the at least one random access timing period a mapping relationship between a random access opportunity period and at least one paging occasion; or the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between each paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period.
可选地,该第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机所在的随机接入时机周期之后的第K个随机接入时机周期,其中,K为大于或等于0的整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机;或该第一映射关系中的该至少一个寻呼时机中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机之后的预设时间阈值之后的第L个随机接入时机周期,其中,L为大于或等于0的整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机;或该第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机与该第二寻呼时机之后的第N个寻呼时机之间的多个随机接入时机周期中的第Q个随机接入时机周期,其中,N为正整数,Q为大于或等于0的整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机;或第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机与该第二寻呼时机之后的第J个寻呼时机之后的第P个随机接入时机周期,其中,J为大于0的整数,P为大于或等于0的整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机。Optionally, the random access occasion period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Kth random access timing period after the random access timing period where the second paging occasion is located, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 0, the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship; or the second paging timing in the at least one paging occasion in the first mapping relationship The corresponding random access timing period is the Lth random access timing period after the preset time threshold after the second paging occasion, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is the a paging occasion in the first mapping relationship; or a random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the second paging occasion and the Nth after the second paging occasion The Qth random access timing period in a plurality of random access timing periods between paging occasions, wherein N is a positive integer, Q is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is the first Any paging occasion in a mapping relationship; The random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Pth random access timing period after the second paging occasion and the Jth paging occasion after the second paging occasion Where J is an integer greater than 0, P is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship.
可选地,该第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机与该第二寻呼时机之后的第I个寻呼时机之间的多个随机接入时机周期中的M个连续的随机接入时机周期,其中,I为大于或等于0的整数,M为正整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机。Optionally, the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is multiple between the second paging occasion and the first paging occasion after the second paging occasion. M consecutive random access timing periods in a random access timing period, where I is an integer greater than or equal to 0, M is a positive integer, and the second paging occasion is any one of the first mapping relationships Calling time.
可选地,该处理模块,还用于根据该第一随机接入时机对应的同步信号块的数目,确定该M的取值。Optionally, the processing module is further configured to determine the value of the M according to the number of synchronization signal blocks corresponding to the first random access occasion.
可选地,在该终端设备在该第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一 随机接入前导之前,该处理模块1020,还用于根据第二映射关系和该第一寻呼时机,确定该第一随机接入前导,该第二映射关系为该至少一个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入前导的映射关系。Optionally, before the sending, by the terminal device, the first random access preamble on the first random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period, the processing module 1020 is further configured to use the second mapping relationship and the The first paging occasion determines the first random access preamble, where the second mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access preamble.
可选地,在该终端设备在该第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导之前,该处理模块1020,还用于根据第三映射关系和该第一随机接入时机对应的至少一个同步信号块,确定该第一随机接入前导,该第三映射关系为至少一个同步信号块与至少一个随机接入前导的映射关系。Optionally, before the sending, by the terminal device, the first random access preamble on the first random access occasion in the first random access occasion period, the processing module 1020 is further configured to use the third mapping relationship and the And determining, by the at least one synchronization signal block corresponding to the first random access occasion, the first random access preamble, where the third mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one synchronization signal block and the at least one random access preamble.
应理解,该第三映射关系可以是网络设备与终端设备预先约定或按照标准定义的,或者是网络设备在步骤402之前预先发送第二配置信息,通过该第二配置信息携带该第一映射关系,本申请对此不进行限定。It should be understood that the third mapping relationship may be pre-agreed by the network device and the terminal device or defined according to the standard, or the network device sends the second configuration information in advance before the step 402, and the first mapping relationship is carried by the second configuration information. This application does not limit this.
可选地,在该寻呼指示消息携带至少一个寻呼分组标识,且该终端设备属于该至少一个寻呼分组标识对应的第一寻呼分组的情况下,在该终端设备在该第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导之前,该处理模块1020,还用于根据第四映射关系和该第一寻呼分组,确定该第一随机接入前导,该第四映射关系为至少一个寻呼分组和至少一个随机接入前导的映射关系。Optionally, in the case that the paging indicator message carries at least one paging packet identifier, and the terminal device belongs to the first paging packet corresponding to the at least one paging packet identifier, the first device is in the first random The processing module 1020 is further configured to determine the first random access according to the fourth mapping relationship and the first paging packet, before the first random access preamble is sent on the first random access occasion in the access timing period. The preamble, the fourth mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging packet and the at least one random access preamble.
可选地,在该终端设备在该第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导之前,该处理模块1020,还用于根据第五映射关系、第六映射关系和该寻呼指示消息,确定该第一随机接入时机,该第五映射关系为该第一寻呼时机接收的至少一个寻呼指示消息与至少一个同步信号块的映射关系,该第六映射关系为该至少一个同步信号块与随机接入时机周期中的随机接入时机的映射关系。Optionally, the processing module 1020 is further configured to use, according to the fifth mapping relationship, before the first random access preamble is sent by the terminal device on the first random access occasion in the first random access timing period. Determining the first random access occasion, the fifth mapping relationship, wherein the fifth mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging indication message received by the first paging occasion and the at least one synchronization signal block, where The sixth mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one synchronization signal block and a random access occasion in a random access timing period.
可选地,该第五映射关系或第六映射关系可以是网络设备与终端设备预先约定或按照标准定义的,或者是网络设备预先发送的,本申请对此不进行限定。Optionally, the fifth mapping relationship or the sixth mapping relationship may be pre-assigned by the network device and the terminal device, or defined by a standard, or sent by the network device in advance, which is not limited in this application.
可选地,在该终端设备根据第一映射关系,确定该第一寻呼时机对应的第一随机接入时机之前,该收发模块1010,还用于接收配置信息,该配置信息携带该第一映射关系。Optionally, before the determining, by the terminal device, the first random access opportunity corresponding to the first paging occasion according to the first mapping relationship, the transceiver module 1010 is further configured to receive configuration information, where the configuration information carries the first Mapping relations.
可选地,该收发模块1010,还用于接收第二配置信息,该第二配置信息包括寻呼分组的数目、随机接入时机周期内寻呼时机的数目、相邻寻呼时机的时间间隔、随机接入时机对应的同步信号块的数目中的至少一项,且该第二配置信息是根据随接入前导种类的数目确定的,其中,该随接入前导种类的数目是根据寻呼分组、随机接入时机、同步信号块中的至少两项的优先级等级确定的。Optionally, the transceiver module 1010 is further configured to receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information includes a number of paging packets, a number of paging occasions in a random access timing period, and a time interval of adjacent paging occasions. At least one of the number of synchronization signal blocks corresponding to the random access occasion, and the second configuration information is determined according to the number of access preamble types, wherein the number of the access preamble types is according to the paging The priority level of at least two of the packet, the random access opportunity, and the synchronization signal block are determined.
可选地,本申请实施例的信号传输的装置1000可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备内的芯片。Optionally, the device 1000 for signal transmission in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device, or may be a chip in the terminal device.
应理解,根据本申请实施例的信号传输的装置1100可对应于图3的实施例的信号传输的方法中的终端设备,并且信号传输的装置1000中的各个模块的上述和其它管理操作和/或功能分别为了实现前述各个方法的相应步骤,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the apparatus 1100 for signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application may correspond to the terminal device in the method of signal transmission of the embodiment of FIG. 3, and the above and other management operations of the respective modules in the apparatus 1000 for signal transmission and/or The functions or functions are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding steps of the foregoing various methods, and are not described herein for brevity.
可选地,若该信号传输的装置1000为终端设备,则本申请实施例中的收发模块1020可以包括接收模块和发送模块,还可以由收发器1110实现,处理模块1010可以由处理器1120实现。如图11所示,信号传输的装置1100可以包括收发器1110,处理器1120和存储器1130。其中,存储器1130可以用于存储指示信息,还可以用于存储处理器1120执行的代码、指令等。所述收发器1110可以包括射频电路,可选地,所述终端设备还包括 存储单元。Optionally, if the device 1000 for signal transmission is a terminal device, the transceiver module 1020 in the embodiment of the present application may include a receiving module and a sending module, and may also be implemented by the transceiver 1110. The processing module 1010 may be implemented by the processor 1120. . As shown in FIG. 11, the apparatus 1100 for signal transmission may include a transceiver 1110, a processor 1120, and a memory 1130. The memory 1130 can be used to store indication information, and can also be used to store code, instructions, and the like executed by the processor 1120. The transceiver 1110 can include a radio frequency circuit. Optionally, the terminal device further includes a storage unit.
该存储单元例如可以是存储器。当终端设备包括存储单元时,该存储单元用于存储计算机执行指令,该处理单元与该存储单元连接,该处理单元执行该存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,以使该终端设备执行上述信号传输的方法。The storage unit can be, for example, a memory. When the terminal device includes a storage unit, the storage unit is configured to store a computer execution instruction, the processing unit is coupled to the storage unit, and the processing unit executes a computer execution instruction stored by the storage unit to cause the terminal device to perform the foregoing signal transmission. method.
可选地,若该信号传输的装置1000为终端设备内的芯片,则该芯片包括处理模块1010和收发模块1020。收发模块1020可以由收发器1110实现,处理模块1010可以由处理器1120实现。所述收发模块例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理模块可执行存储单元存储的计算机执行指令。所述存储单元为所述芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,所述存储单元还可以是所述终端内的位于所述芯片外部的存储单元,如只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。Optionally, if the device 1000 for signal transmission is a chip in the terminal device, the chip includes a processing module 1010 and a transceiver module 1020. The transceiver module 1020 can be implemented by the transceiver 1110, and the processing module 1010 can be implemented by the processor 1120. The transceiver module can be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, and the like. The processing module can execute computer executed instructions stored by the storage unit. The storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the terminal, such as a read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices, random access memory (RAM), etc. that can store static information and instructions.
图12是本申请实施例的信号传输的装置1200。该信号传输的装置1200可以为上述网络设备。FIG. 12 is an apparatus 1200 for signal transmission in an embodiment of the present application. The signal transmission device 1200 can be the above network device.
应理解,该信号传输的装置1200可以对应于各方法实施例中的网络设备,可以具有方法中的网络设备的任意功能。It should be understood that the device 1200 for signal transmission may correspond to the network device in each method embodiment, and may have any function of the network device in the method.
该信号传输的装置1200包括:The signal transmission device 1200 includes:
收发模块1210,用于向多个终端设备发送寻呼指示消息;The transceiver module 1210 is configured to send a paging indication message to multiple terminal devices.
该收发模块1210,还用于在至少一个随机接入时机周期中的随机接入时机上接收至少一个随机接入前导;The transceiver module 1210 is further configured to receive at least one random access preamble on a random access occasion in at least one random access opportunity period;
处理模块1220,用于根据该至少一个随机接入时机周期或该至少一个随机接入前导,确定至少一个寻呼时机;The processing module 1220 is configured to determine, according to the at least one random access opportunity period or the at least one random access preamble, at least one paging occasion;
该收发模块1210,还用于向至少一个终端设备发送寻呼消息,该至少一个终端设备为该至少一个寻呼时机对应的终端设备。The transceiver module 1210 is further configured to send a paging message to the at least one terminal device, where the at least one terminal device is a terminal device corresponding to the at least one paging occasion.
可选地,该处理模块1220具体用于:Optionally, the processing module 1220 is specifically configured to:
根据该第一映射关系和该至少一个随机接入时机周期,确定该至少一个寻呼时机,该第一映射关系为至少一个随机接入时机周期与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系。And determining, according to the first mapping relationship and the at least one random access opportunity period, the at least one paging occasion, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one random access timing period and at least one paging occasion.
可选地,该第一映射关系为该至少一个寻呼时机与该至少一个随机接入时机周期一一对应的映射关系;或Optionally, the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access opportunity period; or
该第一映射关系为该至少一个随机接入时机周期中的每个随机接入时机周期与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系;或The first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between each random access timing period and at least one paging occasion in the at least one random access opportunity period; or
该第一映射关系为该至少一个寻呼时机中的每个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入时机周期的映射关系。The first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between each paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period.
可选地,该第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机所在的随机接入时机周期之后的第K个随机接入时机周期,其中,K为大于或等于0的整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机;或Optionally, the random access occasion period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Kth random access timing period after the random access timing period where the second paging occasion is located, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship; or
该第一映射关系中的该至少一个寻呼时机中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机之后的预设时间阈值之后的第L个随机接入时机周期,其中,L为大于或等于0的整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机;或The random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Lth random access timing period after the preset time threshold after the second paging occasion Where L is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship; or
该第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机与该 第二寻呼时机之后的第N个寻呼时机之间的多个随机接入时机周期中的第Q个随机接入时机周期,其中,N为为正整数,Q为大于或等于0的整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机;或The random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is multiple random access occasions between the second paging occasion and the Nth paging occasion after the second paging occasion a Qth random access timing period in the period, where N is a positive integer, Q is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship; or
第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机与该第二寻呼时机之后的第J个寻呼时机之后的第P个随机接入时机周期,其中,J为大于0的整数,P为大于或等于0的整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机;或The random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Pth random access timing period after the second paging occasion and the Jth paging occasion after the second paging occasion Where J is an integer greater than 0, P is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship; or
该第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为该第二寻呼时机与该第二寻呼时机之后的第I个寻呼时机之间的多个随机接入时机周期中的M个连续的随机接入时机周期,其中,I为大于或等于0的整数,M为正整数,该第二寻呼时机为该第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机。The random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is multiple random access occasions between the second paging occasion and the first paging occasion after the second paging occasion M consecutive random access timing periods in a period, where I is an integer greater than or equal to 0, M is a positive integer, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship.
可选地,该处理模块1220,还用于根据该随机接入前导和第三映射关系,确定第一寻呼分组,该第三映射关系为至少一个寻呼分组与随机接入前导的映射关系;Optionally, the processing module 1220 is further configured to determine, according to the random access preamble and the third mapping relationship, a first paging packet, where the third mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one paging packet and a random access preamble. ;
该处理模块1220,具体用于:The processing module 1220 is specifically configured to:
向该第一寻呼分组中的终端设备发送该寻呼消息。The paging message is sent to the terminal device in the first paging packet.
可选地,该处理模块1220具体用于:Optionally, the processing module 1220 is specifically configured to:
根据该至少一个随机接入前导和该第二映射关系,确定该至少一个寻呼时机,该第二映射关系为至少一个随机接入前导与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系。And determining, according to the at least one random access preamble and the second mapping relationship, the at least one paging occasion, where the second mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one random access preamble and the at least one paging occasion.
可选地,该收发模块1210,还用于发送第一配置信息,该第一配置信息携带该第一映射关系。Optionally, the transceiver module 1210 is further configured to send the first configuration information, where the first configuration information carries the first mapping relationship.
可选地,该处理模块1220具体用于:Optionally, the processing module 1220 is specifically configured to:
根据寻呼分组、随机接入时机、同步信号块中的至少两项的优先级等级,确定随接入前导种类的数目;Determining the number of types of access preambles according to a priority level of at least two of a paging packet, a random access occasion, and a synchronization signal block;
根据该随接入前导种类的数目,确定第二配置信息,该第二配置信息包括寻呼分组的数目、随机接入时机周期内寻呼时机的数目、相邻寻呼时机的时间间隔、随机接入时机对应的同步信号块的数目中的至少一项;And determining, according to the number of the access preamble types, the second configuration information, where the number of paging packets, the number of paging occasions in a random access timing period, the time interval of adjacent paging occasions, and the randomness At least one of the number of synchronization signal blocks corresponding to the access timing;
该收发模块1210,还用于发送该第二配置信息。The transceiver module 1210 is further configured to send the second configuration information.
可选地,本申请实施例的信号传输的装置1200可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备内的芯片。Optionally, the apparatus 1200 for signal transmission in the embodiment of the present application may be a network device, or may be a chip in the network device.
应理解,根据本申请实施例的信号传输的装置1200可对应于图4的实施例的信号传输的方法中的网络设备,并且信号传输的装置1200中的各个模块的上述和其它管理操作和/或功能分别为了实现前述各个方法的相应步骤,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the apparatus 1200 for signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application may correspond to the network device in the method of signal transmission of the embodiment of FIG. 4, and the above and other management operations of the respective modules in the apparatus 1200 for signal transmission and/or The functions or functions are respectively implemented in order to implement the corresponding steps of the foregoing various methods, and are not described herein for brevity.
可选地,若该信号传输的装置1200为网络设备,则本申请实施例中的收发模块1210可以包括接收模块和发送模块,还可以由收发器1310实现,处理模块1220可以由处理器1320实现。如图13所示,装置1350可以包括收发器1310,处理器1320和存储器1330。其中,存储器1330可以用于存储指示信息,还可以用于存储处理器1320执行的代码、指令等。所述收发器可以包括射频电路,可选地,所述网络设备还包括存储单元。Optionally, if the signal transmission device 1200 is a network device, the transceiver module 1210 in the embodiment of the present application may include a receiving module and a sending module, and may also be implemented by the transceiver 1310. The processing module 1220 may be implemented by the processor 1320. . As shown in FIG. 13, device 1350 can include a transceiver 1310, a processor 1320, and a memory 1330. The memory 1330 can be used to store indication information, and can also be used to store code, instructions, and the like executed by the processor 1320. The transceiver may include a radio frequency circuit, and optionally, the network device further includes a storage unit.
该存储单元例如可以是存储器。当网络设备包括存储单元时,该存储单元用于存储计算机执行指令,该处理模块与该存储单元连接,该处理模块执行该存储单元存储的计算机 执行指令,以使该网络设备执行上述信号传输的方法。The storage unit can be, for example, a memory. When the network device includes a storage unit, the storage unit is configured to store a computer execution instruction, the processing module is coupled to the storage unit, and the processing module executes a computer execution instruction stored by the storage unit to cause the network device to perform the foregoing signal transmission. method.
可选地,若该信号传输的装置1200为网络设备内的芯片,则该芯片包括处理模块1220和收发模块1210。收发模块1210例如可以是芯片上的输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。处理模块1220可执行存储单元存储的计算机执行指令。Optionally, if the signal transmission device 1200 is a chip in a network device, the chip includes a processing module 1220 and a transceiver module 1210. The transceiver module 1210 can be, for example, an input/output interface on a chip, a pin or a circuit, and the like. Processing module 1220 can execute computer executed instructions stored by the storage unit.
可选地,所述存储单元为所述芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,所述存储单元还可以是所述终端内的位于所述芯片外部的存储单元,如只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。所述存储单元为所述芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,所述存储单元还可以是所述终端内的位于所述芯片外部的存储单元,如只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。Optionally, the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the terminal, such as a read-only memory (read) -only memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices, random access memory (RAM), etc. that can store static information and instructions. The storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc., and the storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the terminal, such as a read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices, random access memory (RAM), etc. that can store static information and instructions.
应理解,处理器1120或处理器1320可以是集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be understood that the processor 1120 or processor 1320 can be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method embodiment may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software. The above processor may be a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or the like. Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器1230或存储器1330可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchronous link DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory 1230 or the memory 1330 in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. The non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read only memory (ROMM), an erasable programmable read only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), or an electrical Erase programmable EPROM (EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory can be a random access memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM). SDRAM), double data rate synchronous SDRAM (DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (ESDRAM), synchronously connected dynamic random access memory (synchronous link DRAM) SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (DR RAM). It should be noted that the memories of the systems and methods described herein are intended to comprise, without being limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
图14示出了本申请实施例的通信系统1400,该通信系统1400包括:FIG. 14 shows a communication system 1400 of an embodiment of the present application, the communication system 1400 comprising:
如图10所示的实施例中的信号传输的装置1000和如图12所示的实施例中的信号传输的装置1200。The apparatus 1000 for signal transmission in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 and the apparatus 1200 for signal transmission in the embodiment shown in FIG.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质可以存储用于指示上述任一种方法的程序指令。The embodiment of the present application further provides a computer storage medium, which can store program instructions for indicating any of the above methods.
可选地,该存储介质具体可以为存储器1130或1330。Optionally, the storage medium may be specifically a storage 1130 or 1330.
本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,用于支持分布式单元、集中式单元以及、终端设备和网络设备以实现上述实施例中所涉及的功能,例如,例如生成或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。The embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, including a processor, for supporting a distributed unit, a centralized unit, and a terminal device and a network device to implement functions involved in the foregoing embodiments, for example, for example, Generate or process data and/or information involved in the above methods.
在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存分布式单元、集中式单元以及终端设备和网络设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a possible design, the chip system further comprises a memory for storing distributed units, centralized units, and program instructions and data necessary for the terminal device and the network device. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present application, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The foregoing is only a specific embodiment of the present application, but the scope of protection of the present application is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. It should be covered by the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the scope of protection of the present application should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种信号传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for signal transmission, comprising:
    终端设备在第一寻呼时机上接收寻呼指示消息;Receiving, by the terminal device, a paging indication message on the first paging occasion;
    所述终端设备根据第一映射关系,确定所述第一寻呼时机对应的第一随机接入时机周期,所述第一映射关系为至少一个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入时机周期的映射关系;Determining, by the terminal device, a first random access timing period corresponding to the first paging occasion according to the first mapping relationship, where the first mapping relationship is mapping between at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period relationship;
    所述终端设备在所述第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导。The terminal device sends a first random access preamble on a first random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一映射关系为所述至少一个寻呼时机与所述至少一个随机接入时机周期一一对应的映射关系;或The method according to claim 1, wherein the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access opportunity period; or
    所述第一映射关系为所述至少一个随机接入时机周期中的每个随机接入时机周期与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系;或The first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between each random access timing period and at least one paging occasion in the at least one random access timing period; or
    所述第一映射关系为所述至少一个寻呼时机中的每个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入时机周期的映射关系。The first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between each paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为所述第二寻呼时机所在的随机接入时机周期之后的第K个随机接入时机周期,其中,K为大于或等于0的整数,所述第二寻呼时机为所述第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机;或The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is a random access timing period in which the second paging occasion is located a subsequent Kth random access opportunity period, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship; or
    所述第一映射关系中的所述至少一个寻呼时机中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为所述第二寻呼时机之后的预设时间阈值之后的第L个随机接入时机周期,其中,L为大于或等于0的整数,所述第二寻呼时机为所述第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机;或The random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Lth random connection after the preset time threshold after the second paging occasion Entering an opportunity period, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship; or
    所述第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为所述第二寻呼时机与所述第二寻呼时机之后的第N个寻呼时机之间的多个随机接入时机周期中的第Q个随机接入时机周期,其中,N为正整数,Q为大于或等于0的整数,所述第二寻呼时机为所述第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机;或The random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is a plurality of random times between the second paging occasion and the Nth paging occasion after the second paging occasion The Qth random access timing period in the access timing period, where N is a positive integer, Q is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any one of the first mapping relationships. Calling time; or
    第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为所述第二寻呼时机与所述第二寻呼时机之后的第J个寻呼时机之后的第P个随机接入时机周期,其中,J为大于0的整数,P为大于或等于0的整数,所述第二寻呼时机为所述第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机。The random access occasion period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Pth random access after the second paging occasion and the Jth paging occasion after the second paging occasion a timing period, where J is an integer greater than 0, P is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为所述第二寻呼时机与所述第二寻呼时机之后的第I个寻呼时机之间的多个随机接入时机周期中的M个连续的随机接入时机周期,其中,I为大于或等于0的整数,M为正整数,所述第二寻呼时机为所述第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the second paging occasion and the second paging M consecutive random access timing periods in a plurality of random access timing periods between the first paging occasions after the timing, where I is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and M is a positive integer, said The two paging occasions are any paging occasions in the first mapping relationship.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 4, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备根据所述第一随机接入时机对应的同步信号块的数目,确定所述M的取值。The terminal device determines the value of the M according to the number of synchronization signal blocks corresponding to the first random access occasion.
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述终端设备在所述 第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the terminal device transmits a first random access preamble on a first random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period Previously, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备根据第二映射关系和所述第一寻呼时机,确定所述第一随机接入前导,所述第二映射关系为所述至少一个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入前导的映射关系。Determining, by the terminal device, the first random access preamble according to the second mapping relationship and the first paging occasion, where the second mapping relationship is the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access preamble Mapping relations.
  7. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述终端设备在所述第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the terminal device transmits a first random access preamble on a first random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period Previously, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备根据第三映射关系和所述第一随机接入时机对应的至少一个同步信号块,确定所述第一随机接入前导,所述第三映射关系为至少一个同步信号块与至少一个随机接入前导的映射关系。Determining, by the terminal device, the first random access preamble according to the third mapping relationship and the at least one synchronization signal block corresponding to the first random access occasion, where the third mapping relationship is at least one synchronization signal block and at least A mapping relationship of random access preambles.
  8. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述寻呼指示消息携带至少一个寻呼分组标识,且所述终端设备属于所述至少一个寻呼分组标识对应的第一寻呼分组的情况下,在所述终端设备在所述第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the paging indication message carries at least one paging packet identifier, and the terminal device belongs to the at least one paging packet identifier In the case of the first paging packet, the method further includes: before the terminal device sends the first random access preamble on the first random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备根据第四映射关系和所述第一寻呼分组,确定所述第一随机接入前导,所述第四映射关系为至少一个寻呼分组和至少一个随机接入前导的映射关系。Determining, by the terminal device, the first random access preamble according to the fourth mapping relationship and the first paging group, where the fourth mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one paging packet and at least one random access preamble .
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述终端设备在所述第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the terminal device transmits a first random access preamble on a first random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period Previously, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备根据第五映射关系、第六映射关系和所述寻呼指示消息,确定所述第一随机接入时机,所述第五映射关系为所述第一寻呼时机接收的至少一个寻呼指示消息与至少一个同步信号块的映射关系,所述第六映射关系为所述至少一个同步信号块与随机接入时机周期中的随机接入时机的映射关系。Determining, by the terminal device, the first random access occasion according to the fifth mapping relationship, the sixth mapping relationship, and the paging indication message, where the fifth mapping relationship is at least one received by the first paging occasion And a mapping relationship between the paging indication message and the at least one synchronization signal block, where the sixth mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one synchronization signal block and a random access occasion in a random access timing period.
  10. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备接收第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括寻呼分组的数目、随机接入时机周期内寻呼时机的数目、相邻寻呼时机的时间间隔、随机接入时机对应的同步信号块的数目中的至少一项,且所述第二配置信息是根据随接入前导种类的数目确定的,其中,所述随接入前导种类的数目是根据寻呼分组、随机接入时机、同步信号块中的至少两项的优先级等级确定的。The terminal device receives the second configuration information, where the second configuration information includes the number of paging packets, the number of paging occasions in a random access timing period, the time interval of the adjacent paging occasion, and the random access timing. At least one of the number of synchronization signal blocks, and the second configuration information is determined according to the number of access preamble types, wherein the number of the access preamble types is based on paging packets, random access The priority level of at least two of the timing and synchronization signal blocks is determined.
  11. 一种信号传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for signal transmission, comprising:
    网络设备发送寻呼指示消息;The network device sends a paging indication message;
    所述网络设备在至少一个随机接入时机周期中的随机接入时机上接收至少一个随机接入前导;The network device receives at least one random access preamble on a random access occasion in at least one random access opportunity period;
    所述网络设备根据所述至少一个随机接入时机周期或所述至少一个随机接入前导,确定至少一个寻呼时机;Determining, by the network device, at least one paging occasion according to the at least one random access opportunity period or the at least one random access preamble;
    所述网络设备向至少一个终端设备发送寻呼消息,所述至少一个终端设备为所述至少一个寻呼时机对应的终端设备。The network device sends a paging message to the at least one terminal device, where the at least one terminal device is the terminal device corresponding to the at least one paging occasion.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备根据所述至少一个随机接入时机周期,确定至少一个寻呼时机包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the determining, by the network device, the at least one paging occasion according to the at least one random access opportunity period comprises:
    所述网络设备根据第一映射关系和所述至少一个随机接入时机周期,确定所述至少一个寻呼时机,所述第一映射关系为至少一个随机接入时机周期与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系。Determining, by the network device, the at least one paging occasion according to the first mapping relationship and the at least one random access timing period, where the first mapping relationship is at least one random access timing period and at least one paging occasion Mapping relations.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一映射关系为所述至少一个寻呼时机与所述至少一个随机接入时机周期一一对应的映射关系;或The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access opportunity period; or
    所述第一映射关系为所述至少一个随机接入时机周期中的每个随机接入时机周期与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系;或The first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between each random access timing period and at least one paging occasion in the at least one random access timing period; or
    所述第一映射关系为所述至少一个寻呼时机中的每个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入时机周期的映射关系。The first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between each paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period.
  14. 根据权利要求11至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为所述第二寻呼时机所在的随机接入时机周期之后的第K个随机接入时机周期,其中,K为大于或等于0的整数,所述第二寻呼时机为所述第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机;或The method according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is random at the second paging occasion a Kth random access timing period after the access timing period, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship; or
    所述第一映射关系中的所述至少一个寻呼时机中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为所述第二寻呼时机之后的预设时间阈值之后的第L个随机接入时机周期,其中,L为大于或等于0的整数,所述第二寻呼时机为所述第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机;或The random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Lth random connection after the preset time threshold after the second paging occasion Entering an opportunity period, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship; or
    所述第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为所述第二寻呼时机与所述第二寻呼时机之后的第N个寻呼时机之间的多个随机接入时机周期中的第Q个随机接入时机周期,其中,N为为正整数,Q为大于或等于0的整数,所述第二寻呼时机为所述第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机;或The random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is a plurality of random times between the second paging occasion and the Nth paging occasion after the second paging occasion The Qth random access timing period in the access timing period, where N is a positive integer, Q is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any one of the first mapping relationships Paging opportunity; or
    第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为所述第二寻呼时机与所述第二寻呼时机之后的第J个寻呼时机之后的第P个随机接入时机周期,其中,J为大于0的整数,P为大于或等于0的整数,所述第二寻呼时机为所述第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机;或The random access occasion period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Pth random access after the second paging occasion and the Jth paging occasion after the second paging occasion a timing period, where J is an integer greater than 0, P is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship; or
    所述第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为所述第二寻呼时机与所述第二寻呼时机之后的第I个寻呼时机之间的多个随机接入时机周期中的M个连续的随机接入时机周期,其中,I为大于或等于0的整数,M为正整数,所述第二寻呼时机为所述第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机。The random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is a plurality of random times between the second paging occasion and the first paging occasion after the second paging occasion M consecutive random access timing periods in the access timing period, where I is an integer greater than or equal to 0, M is a positive integer, and the second paging occasion is any one of the first mapping relationships Paging opportunity.
  15. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备根据所述至少一个随机接入前导,确定至少一个寻呼时机包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the determining, by the network device, the at least one paging occasion according to the at least one random access preamble comprises:
    所述网络设备根据所述至少一个随机接入前导和所述第二映射关系,确定所述至少一个寻呼时机,所述第二映射关系为至少一个随机接入前导与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系。Determining, by the network device, the at least one paging occasion according to the at least one random access preamble and the second mapping relationship, where the second mapping relationship is at least one random access preamble and at least one paging occasion Mapping relations.
  16. 根据权利要求11至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述网络设备向多个终端设备发送所述寻呼指示消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 15, wherein before the sending, by the network device, the paging indication message to a plurality of terminal devices, the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括寻呼分组的数目、随机接入时机周期内寻呼时机的数目、相邻寻呼时机的时间间隔、随机接入时机对应的同步信号块的数目中的至少一项,且所述第二配置信息是根据随接入前导种类的数目确定的,所述随 接入前导种类的数目是根据寻呼分组、随机接入时机、同步信号块中的至少两项的优先级等级确定的。The network device sends the second configuration information, where the second configuration information includes the number of paging packets, the number of paging occasions in a random access timing period, the time interval of the adjacent paging occasion, and the random access timing. At least one of the number of synchronization signal blocks, and the second configuration information is determined according to the number of access preamble types, the number of the access preamble types being according to a paging packet, a random access opportunity, The priority level of at least two of the sync signal blocks is determined.
  17. 一种信号传输的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for signal transmission, comprising:
    收发模块,用于在第一寻呼时机上接收寻呼指示消息;a transceiver module, configured to receive a paging indication message on the first paging occasion;
    处理模块,用于根据第一映射关系,确定所述第一寻呼时机对应的第一随机接入时机周期,所述第一映射关系为至少一个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入时机周期的映射关系;a processing module, configured to determine, according to the first mapping relationship, a first random access timing period corresponding to the first paging occasion, where the first mapping relationship is at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period Mapping relations;
    所述收发模块,还用于在所述第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导。The transceiver module is further configured to send a first random access preamble on a first random access occasion in the first random access opportunity period.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一映射关系为所述至少一个寻呼时机与所述至少一个随机接入时机周期一一对应的映射关系;或The apparatus according to claim 17, wherein the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one paging occasion and the at least one random access opportunity period; or
    所述第一映射关系为所述至少一个随机接入时机周期中的每个随机接入时机周期与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系;或The first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between each random access timing period and at least one paging occasion in the at least one random access timing period; or
    所述第一映射关系为所述至少一个寻呼时机中的每个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入时机周期的映射关系。The first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between each paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion and at least one random access timing period.
  19. 根据权利要求17或18所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为所述第二寻呼时机所在的随机接入时机周期之后的第K个随机接入时机周期,其中,K为大于或等于0的整数,所述第二寻呼时机为所述第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机;或The apparatus according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is a random access timing period in which the second paging occasion is located a subsequent Kth random access opportunity period, where K is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship; or
    所述第一映射关系中的所述至少一个寻呼时机中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为所述第二寻呼时机之后的预设时间阈值之后的第L个随机接入时机周期,其中,L为大于或等于0的整数,所述第二寻呼时机为所述第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机;或The random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the at least one paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Lth random connection after the preset time threshold after the second paging occasion Entering an opportunity period, where L is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship; or
    所述第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为所述第二寻呼时机与所述第二寻呼时机之后的第N个寻呼时机之间的多个随机接入时机周期中的第Q个随机接入时机周期,其中,N为正整数,Q为大于或等于0的整数,所述第二寻呼时机为所述第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机;或The random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is a plurality of random times between the second paging occasion and the Nth paging occasion after the second paging occasion The Qth random access timing period in the access timing period, where N is a positive integer, Q is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any one of the first mapping relationships. Calling time; or
    第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为所述第二寻呼时机与所述第二寻呼时机之后的第J个寻呼时机之后的第P个随机接入时机周期,其中,J为大于0的整数,P为大于或等于0的整数,所述第二寻呼时机为所述第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机。The random access occasion period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the Pth random access after the second paging occasion and the Jth paging occasion after the second paging occasion a timing period, where J is an integer greater than 0, P is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and the second paging occasion is any paging occasion in the first mapping relationship.
  20. 根据权利要求17或18所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一映射关系中的第二寻呼时机对应的随机接入时机周期为所述第二寻呼时机与所述第二寻呼时机之后的第I个寻呼时机之间的多个随机接入时机周期中的M个连续的随机接入时机周期,其中,I为大于或等于0的整数,M为正整数,所述第二寻呼时机为所述第一映射关系中的任一个寻呼时机。The apparatus according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the random access timing period corresponding to the second paging occasion in the first mapping relationship is the second paging occasion and the second paging M consecutive random access timing periods in a plurality of random access timing periods between the first paging occasions after the timing, where I is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and M is a positive integer, said The two paging occasions are any paging occasions in the first mapping relationship.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块,还用于根据所述第一随机接入时机对应的同步信号块的数目,确定所述M的取值。The apparatus according to claim 20, wherein the processing module is further configured to determine the value of the M according to the number of synchronization signal blocks corresponding to the first random access occasion.
  22. 根据权利要求17至21中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述终端设备在所述第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导之前,所述处理 模块,还用于根据第二映射关系和所述第一寻呼时机,确定所述第一随机接入前导,所述第二映射关系为所述至少一个寻呼时机与至少一个随机接入前导的映射关系。The apparatus according to any one of claims 17 to 21, wherein the terminal device transmits a first random access preamble on a first random access occasion in the first random access timing period The processing module is further configured to determine the first random access preamble according to the second mapping relationship and the first paging occasion, where the second mapping relationship is the at least one paging occasion and at least A mapping relationship of random access preambles.
  23. 根据权利要求17至21中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述终端设备在所述第一随机接入时机周期中的第一随机接入时机上发送第一随机接入前导之前,所述处理模块,还用于根据第三映射关系和所述第一随机接入时机对应的至少一个同步信号块,确定所述第一随机接入前导,所述第三映射关系为至少一个同步信号块与至少一个随机接入前导的映射关系。The apparatus according to any one of claims 17 to 21, wherein the terminal device transmits a first random access preamble on a first random access occasion in the first random access timing period The processing module is further configured to determine the first random access preamble according to the third mapping relationship and the at least one synchronization signal block corresponding to the first random access occasion, where the third mapping relationship is at least A mapping relationship between a synchronization signal block and at least one random access preamble.
  24. 根据权利要求17至23中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块,还用于接收第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括寻呼分组的数目、随机接入时机周期内寻呼时机的数目、相邻寻呼时机的时间间隔、随机接入时机对应的同步信号块的数目中的至少一项,且所述第二配置信息是根据随接入前导种类的数目确定的,其中,所述随接入前导种类的数目是根据寻呼分组、随机接入时机、同步信号块中的至少两项的优先级等级确定的。The device according to any one of claims 17 to 23, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information includes a number of paging packets, a random access occasion At least one of a number of paging occasions in a period, a time interval of an adjacent paging occasion, and a number of synchronization signal blocks corresponding to a random access occasion, and the second configuration information is based on the number of access preamble types Determining, wherein the number of the access preamble categories is determined according to a priority level of at least two of a paging packet, a random access occasion, and a synchronization signal block.
  25. 一种信号传输的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for signal transmission, comprising:
    收发模块,用于向多个终端设备发送寻呼指示消息;a transceiver module, configured to send a paging indication message to multiple terminal devices;
    所述收发模块,还用于在至少一个随机接入时机周期中的随机接入时机上接收至少一个随机接入前导;The transceiver module is further configured to receive at least one random access preamble on a random access occasion in at least one random access opportunity period;
    处理模块,用于根据所述至少一个随机接入时机周期或所述至少一个随机接入前导,确定至少一个寻呼时机,所述第二映射关系为至少一个随机接入前导与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系;a processing module, configured to determine, according to the at least one random access opportunity period or the at least one random access preamble, at least one paging occasion, where the second mapping relationship is at least one random access preamble and at least one paging Timing mapping relationship;
    所述收发模块,还用于向至少一个终端设备发送寻呼消息,所述至少一个终端设备为所述至少一个寻呼时机对应的终端设备。The transceiver module is further configured to send a paging message to the at least one terminal device, where the at least one terminal device is a terminal device corresponding to the at least one paging occasion.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块具体用于:The device according to claim 25, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述第一映射关系和所述至少一个随机接入时机周期,确定所述至少一个寻呼时机,所述第一映射关系为至少一个随机接入时机周期与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系。Determining, according to the first mapping relationship and the at least one random access opportunity period, the at least one paging occasion, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one random access timing period and at least one paging occasion .
  27. 根据权利要求25所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块具体用于:The device according to claim 25, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述至少一个随机接入前导和所述第二映射关系,确定所述至少一个寻呼时机,所述第二映射关系为至少一个随机接入前导与至少一个寻呼时机的映射关系。Determining, according to the at least one random access preamble and the second mapping relationship, the at least one paging occasion, where the second mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between at least one random access preamble and at least one paging occasion.
  28. 根据权利要求25至27中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块具体用于:The device according to any one of claims 25 to 27, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to:
    发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息包括寻呼分组的数目、随机接入时机周期内寻呼时机的数目、相邻寻呼时机的时间间隔、随机接入时机对应的同步信号块的数目中的至少一项,且所述第二配置信息是根据随接入前导种类的数目确定的,所述随接入前导种类的数目是根据寻呼分组、随机接入时机、同步信号块中的至少两项的优先级等级确定的。Sending the second configuration information, where the second configuration information includes the number of paging packets, the number of paging occasions in a random access timing period, the time interval of the adjacent paging occasion, and the synchronization signal block corresponding to the random access timing. At least one of the number, and the second configuration information is determined according to the number of access preamble types, the number of the access preamble types being according to a paging packet, a random access occasion, and a synchronization signal block The priority level of at least two of them is determined.
  29. 一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法。A computer readable storage medium comprising instructions which, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 16.
  30. 一种计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, when run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 16.
PCT/CN2019/071062 2018-01-19 2019-01-10 Signal transmission method and device WO2019141123A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201810055716.XA CN110062461B (en) 2018-01-19 2018-01-19 Method and device for signal transmission
CN201810055716.X 2018-01-19

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019141123A1 true WO2019141123A1 (en) 2019-07-25

Family

ID=67301607

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/071062 WO2019141123A1 (en) 2018-01-19 2019-01-10 Signal transmission method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN110062461B (en)
WO (1) WO2019141123A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4221362A4 (en) * 2020-09-28 2024-03-20 Vivo Mobile Communication Co Ltd Channel detection method and apparatus, and user equipment

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021031039A1 (en) * 2019-08-16 2021-02-25 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for sending random access message
CN113329478A (en) * 2020-02-28 2021-08-31 华为技术有限公司 Random access response method and device
CN116801199A (en) * 2020-08-06 2023-09-22 华为技术有限公司 Information transmission method, device and system
CN114501631A (en) * 2020-10-23 2022-05-13 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Signal processing method and device
CN114342494A (en) * 2021-12-01 2022-04-12 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method, device, communication equipment and storage medium for packet paging

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104756564A (en) * 2013-10-16 2015-07-01 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for transmitting and receiving paging message
CN106664681A (en) * 2014-07-11 2017-05-10 苹果公司 Enhanced paging schemes and connected-state drx
CN107018497A (en) * 2017-03-24 2017-08-04 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of paging method and device
US20170230932A1 (en) * 2016-02-04 2017-08-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Paging conflict management for multi-sim wireless communication device
WO2017174469A1 (en) * 2016-04-05 2017-10-12 Sony Corporation Method and device for paging a machine to machine device

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8520698B2 (en) * 2007-09-04 2013-08-27 Qualcomm Incorporated Paging user devices in a wireless access network
CN102655658B (en) * 2011-03-04 2016-08-03 华为技术有限公司 Paging method, device and system
US8934400B2 (en) * 2013-02-22 2015-01-13 General Dynamics C4 Systems, Inc. Apparatus and methods for relay-assisted uplink communication
BR112015025333B1 (en) * 2013-04-03 2023-03-07 Google Technology Holdings LLC METHOD ON A BASE STATION FOR A LONG-TERM EVOLUTION NETWORK

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104756564A (en) * 2013-10-16 2015-07-01 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for transmitting and receiving paging message
CN106664681A (en) * 2014-07-11 2017-05-10 苹果公司 Enhanced paging schemes and connected-state drx
US20170230932A1 (en) * 2016-02-04 2017-08-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Paging conflict management for multi-sim wireless communication device
WO2017174469A1 (en) * 2016-04-05 2017-10-12 Sony Corporation Method and device for paging a machine to machine device
CN107018497A (en) * 2017-03-24 2017-08-04 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of paging method and device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NTT DOCOMO, INC.: "Discussion on paging design for NR", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #88 RL-1702829, 17 February 2017 (2017-02-17), XP051209974 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4221362A4 (en) * 2020-09-28 2024-03-20 Vivo Mobile Communication Co Ltd Channel detection method and apparatus, and user equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110062461B (en) 2023-05-16
CN110062461A (en) 2019-07-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102202779B1 (en) Method and apparatus for power saving method on pdsch (physical downlink shared channel) reception in a wireless communication system
US11076382B2 (en) Methods for controlling a paging operation and apparatuses thereof
WO2019141123A1 (en) Signal transmission method and device
EP3217701B1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and method
US10645642B2 (en) System information transmission method, base station, and user equipment
EP3759848B1 (en) Configuration of wake-up signal maximum transmission lengths
US11290981B2 (en) Combined wake-up signal for multiple paging occasions
JP2017228814A (en) Base station device, terminal device, and method
WO2020047856A1 (en) Method for transmitting configuration information and terminal device
US10419185B2 (en) System and method for listen before talk-based random access with partial subframes
US20220061105A1 (en) Random access method and device
JP2019041421A (en) Communication system
WO2019154099A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal and network device
WO2019174453A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
JP2018041991A (en) Terminal device and base station device
WO2022257287A1 (en) Paging processing method, apparatus, and device, and storage medium
JP2018041993A (en) Terminal device and base station device
WO2021031666A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and storage medium
JP2018041992A (en) Terminal device and base station device
WO2019062869A1 (en) Data transmission method, network device and terminal device
WO2016052017A1 (en) Terminal device and base station device
JP2017228815A (en) Base station device, terminal device, and method
CN114731580B (en) Method and device for detecting Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH)
WO2017054134A1 (en) Method and device for determining a frequency resource
US11856539B2 (en) Method and device for transmitting downlink control information

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19741893

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19741893

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1